Sync to HEAD
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16211 27037))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16249 32008))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16211 27008))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and site.
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16211
292 ;;;;;; 27023))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16211 27008))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16271 3441))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
485
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
487
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
495
496 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
500
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
504
505 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
507
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
510
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
512
513 ;;;***
514 \f
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16211 27037))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
518
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
520
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
527
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
529
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531 Not documented
532
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
534
535 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
536
537 ;;;***
538 \f
539 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
540 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16211 27038))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
542
543 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
544 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
545 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
546 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
547 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
548 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
549 in the current window.
550
551 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
552
553 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
554 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
555 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
556
557 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
558
559 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
560 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
561
562 \(fn)" t nil)
563
564 ;;;***
565 \f
566 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
567 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16211 27008))
568 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
569
570 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
571 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
572
573 \(fn)" t nil)
574
575 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
576 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577
578 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
579 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
580 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
581 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582
583 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
584 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585
586 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
587
588 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
589
590 ;;;***
591 \f
592 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
593 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16277 42320))
594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
595
596 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
597 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
598 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
599 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
600 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
601 \\[yank].
602
603 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
604 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
605 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
606 the rules.
607
608 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
609 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
610 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
611 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
612
613 \(fn)" t nil)
614
615 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
616 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
617 \\{antlr-mode-map}
618
619 \(fn)" t nil)
620
621 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
622 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
623 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
624
625 \(fn)" nil nil)
626
627 ;;;***
628 \f
629 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
630 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
631 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
632 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16211 27023))
633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
634
635 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
636 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
637 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
638 as the first thing on a line.")
639
640 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
641
642 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
643 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
644
645 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
646
647 (defvar appt-audible t "\
648 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
649
650 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
651
652 (defvar appt-visible t "\
653 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
654
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
656
657 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
658 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
659
660 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
661
662 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
663 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
664
665 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
666
667 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
668 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
669
670 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
671
672 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
673 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
674 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
675
676 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
677
678 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
679 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
680 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
681
682 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
683
684 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
685 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
686
687 \(fn)" t nil)
688
689 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
690 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
691 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
692 put in the appointments list.
693 02/23/89
694 12:00pm lunch
695 Wednesday
696 10:00am group meeting
697 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
698 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
699 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
700
701 \(fn)" nil nil)
702
703 ;;;***
704 \f
705 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
706 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
707 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16211 27008))
708 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
709
710 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
711 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
712
713 \\{apropos-mode-map}
714
715 \(fn)" t nil)
716
717 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
718 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
719 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
720 normal variables.
721
722 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
723
724 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
725
726 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
727 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
728 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
729 noninteractive functions.
730
731 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
732 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
733
734 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
735
736 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
737 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
738
739 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
740
741 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
742 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
743 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
744 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
745 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
746
747 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
748
749 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
750 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
751 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
752 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
753 Returns list of symbols and values found.
754
755 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
756
757 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
758 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
759 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
760 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
761 bindings.
762 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
763
764 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
765
766 ;;;***
767 \f
768 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16211
769 ;;;;;; 27009))
770 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
771
772 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
773 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
774 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
775 Letters no longer insert themselves.
776 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
777 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
778
779 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
780 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
781 archive.
782
783 \\{archive-mode-map}
784
785 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
786
787 ;;;***
788 \f
789 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16211 27011))
790 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
791
792 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
793 Major mode for editing arrays.
794
795 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
796 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
797 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
798
799 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
800
801 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
802 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
803 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
804
805 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
806 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
807 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
808 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
809 The variables are:
810
811 Variables you assign:
812 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
813 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
814 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
815 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
816 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
817 row numbers in the buffer.
818
819 Variables which are calculated:
820 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
821 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
822
823 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
824 take a numeric prefix argument):
825
826 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
827 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
828 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
829 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
830
831 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
832 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
833 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
834 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
835
836 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
840
841 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
842 between that of point and mark.
843
844 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
845 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
846
847 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
848 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
849 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
850 newlines inside rows)
851
852 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
853
854 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
855
856 \(fn)" t nil)
857
858 ;;;***
859 \f
860 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16211
861 ;;;;;; 27040))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
863
864 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
865 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
866 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
867 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
868
869 How to quit artist mode
870
871 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
872
873
874 How to submit a bug report
875
876 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
877
878
879 Drawing with the mouse:
880
881 mouse-2
882 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
883 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
884 below).
885
886 mouse-1
887 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
888 or pastes:
889
890 Operation Not shifted Shifted
891 --------------------------------------------------------------
892 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
893 to new point
894 --------------------------------------------------------------
895 Line Line in any direction Straight line
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Rectangle Rectangle Square
898 --------------------------------------------------------------
899 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
900 --------------------------------------------------------------
901 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
902 --------------------------------------------------------------
903 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
904 --------------------------------------------------------------
905 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
906 --------------------------------------------------------------
907 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
908 --------------------------------------------------------------
909 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
910 lines
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
915 --------------------------------------------------------------
916 Paste Paste Paste
917 --------------------------------------------------------------
918 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
919 --------------------------------------------------------------
920
921 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
922 or diagonally.
923
924 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
925 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
926 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
927 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
928 poly-lines.
929
930 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
931 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
932 overwrite means the opposite.
933
934 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
935 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
936 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
937
938 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
939
940 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
941 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
942
943 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
944 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
945 are currently drawing something.
946
947 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
948 some time to fill.
949
950
951 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
952 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
953
954
955 Settings
956
957 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
958
959 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
960
961 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
962
963 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
964
965 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
966 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
967
968 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
969
970
971 Drawing with keys
972
973 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
974 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
975 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
976 When erase characters: toggles erasing
977 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
978 When pasting: Pastes
979
980 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
981
982 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
983
984 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
985 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
986 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
987 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
988 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
989 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
990
991
992 Arrows
993
994 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
995 of the line/poly-line
996
997 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
998 of the line/poly-line
999
1000
1001 Selecting operation
1002
1003 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1004
1005 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1006 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1008 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1009 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1010 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1012 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1019 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1022 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1024 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1025
1026
1027 Variables
1028
1029 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1030 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1031
1032 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1033 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1034 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1035 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1036 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1037 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1038 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1039 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1040 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1041 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1042 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1043 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1045 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1046 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1047 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1048 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1049 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1050 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1051
1052 Hooks
1053
1054 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1055 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1056
1057
1058 Keymap summary
1059
1060 \\{artist-mode-map}
1061
1062 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1063
1064 ;;;***
1065 \f
1066 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16211
1067 ;;;;;; 27038))
1068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1069
1070 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1071 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1072 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1073
1074 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1075 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1078
1079 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1080 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1081
1082 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1083 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1084
1085 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1086
1087 Special commands:
1088 \\{asm-mode-map}
1089
1090 \(fn)" t nil)
1091
1092 ;;;***
1093 \f
1094 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1095 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
1096 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1097
1098 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1099 Obsolete.")
1100
1101 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1102
1103 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1104 This command is obsolete.
1105
1106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1107
1108 ;;;***
1109 \f
1110 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1111 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
1112 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1113
1114 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1115 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1116 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1118 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1119
1120 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1121
1122 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1123 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1124 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1125 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1126 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1127 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1128 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1129 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1130 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1131 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1132
1133 For example:
1134 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1135 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1136 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1137 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1138 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1139
1140 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1141
1142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1143
1144 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1145 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1146 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1148 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1149
1150 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1151
1152 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1153 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1154 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1155 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1156 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1157 &c to supply digit arguments.
1158
1159 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1160
1161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1162
1163 ;;;***
1164 \f
1165 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1166 ;;;;;; (16301 41845))
1167 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1168
1169 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1170 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1171
1172 \(fn)" t nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1177 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16211 27012))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1179
1180 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1181 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1182 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1183
1184 \(fn)" t nil)
1185
1186 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1187 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1188 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1189 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1190
1191 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1192
1193 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1194 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1195 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1197 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1198
1199 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1200
1201 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1202 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1203 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1204 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1205
1206 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1207 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1208
1209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1210
1211 ;;;***
1212 \f
1213 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1214 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1215 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1217
1218 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1219 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1220 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1221 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1222
1223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1224
1225 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1226 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1227 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1228 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1229 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1230 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1231
1232 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1233 directory or directories specified.
1234
1235 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1236
1237 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1238 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1239 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1240
1241 \(fn)" nil nil)
1242
1243 ;;;***
1244 \f
1245 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1246 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16211 27012))
1247 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1248
1249 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1250 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1251 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1252
1253 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1254 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1255
1256 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1257 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1258 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1259
1260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1261
1262 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1263 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1264
1265 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1266 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1267
1268 \(fn)" nil nil)
1269
1270 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1271 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1272 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1274 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1275
1276 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1277
1278 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1279 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1280
1281 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1282 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1283 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1284
1285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1286
1287 ;;;***
1288 \f
1289 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1290 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16211 27012))
1291 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1292
1293 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1294 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1295 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1297 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1298
1299 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1300
1301 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1302 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1303 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1304 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1305
1306 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1307 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1308 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1309
1310 Effects of the different modes:
1311 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1312 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1313 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1314 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1315 a random distance & direction.
1316 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1317 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1318 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1319
1320 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1321
1322 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1323 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1324 definition of \"random distance\".)
1325
1326 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1327
1328 ;;;***
1329 \f
1330 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1331 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
1332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1333
1334 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1335 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1336
1337 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1338 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1339
1340 For example:
1341
1342 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1343 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1344 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1345 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1346
1347 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1348
1349 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1350
1351 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1352
1353 ;;;***
1354 \f
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1356 ;;;;;; (16223 32933))
1357 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1358
1359 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1360 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1361 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1362 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1363
1364 \(fn)" t nil)
1365
1366 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1367 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1368 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1369 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1370 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1371 seconds.
1372
1373 \(fn)" t nil)
1374
1375 ;;;***
1376 \f
1377 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1378 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16211 27023))
1379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1380
1381 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1382 Time execution of FORMS.
1383 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1384 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1385 FORMS once.
1386 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1387 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1388 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1389
1390 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1391
1392 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1393 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1394 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1395 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1396 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1397
1398 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1399
1400 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1401 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1402 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1403 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1404 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1405
1406 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1407
1408 ;;;***
1409 \f
1410 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16277
1411 ;;;;;; 42320))
1412 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1413
1414 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1415 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1416
1417 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1418
1419 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1420 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1421 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1422 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1423 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1424
1425 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1426 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1427 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1428 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1429 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1430 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1431
1432 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1433 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1434
1435
1436 Special information:
1437
1438 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1439
1440 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1441 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1442 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1443 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1444 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1445 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1446 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1448
1449 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1450 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1451 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1452 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1453 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1454 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1455 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1456
1457 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1459
1460 The following may be of interest as well:
1461
1462 Functions:
1463 `bibtex-entry'
1464 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1465 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1466 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1467 `bibtex-pop-next'
1468 `bibtex-complete'
1469 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1470 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1471 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1472 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1474 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1475 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1477 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1478 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1479 `bibtex-validate'
1480 `bibtex-count'
1481 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1482 `bibtex-reformat'
1483 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1484
1485 Variables:
1486 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1487 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1489 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1490 `bibtex-entry-format'
1491 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1492 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1493 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1494 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1495 `bibtex-string-files'
1496
1497 ---------------------------------------------------------
1498 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1499 non-nil.
1500
1501 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1502
1503 \(fn)" t nil)
1504
1505 ;;;***
1506 \f
1507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16211 27027))
1508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1509
1510 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1511
1512 ;;;***
1513 \f
1514 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16211
1515 ;;;;;; 27038))
1516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1517
1518 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1519 Play blackbox.
1520 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1521
1522 What is blackbox?
1523
1524 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1525 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1526 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1527 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1528 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1529 your score.
1530
1531 Overview of play:
1532
1533 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1534 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1535 four.
1536
1537 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1538 movement keys.
1539
1540 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1541 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1542
1543 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1544 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1545
1546 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1547 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1548 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1549 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1550 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1551 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1552
1553 Details:
1554
1555 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1556
1557 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1558 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1559 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1560 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1561
1562 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1563 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1564 denoted by the letter `R'.
1565
1566 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1567 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1568 denoted by the letter `H'.
1569
1570 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1571 example.
1572
1573 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1574 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1575 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1576 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1577 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1578 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1579 ray.
1580
1581 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1582 degree deflection it causes.
1583
1584 1
1585 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1588 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1589 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1593 2 3
1594
1595 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1596 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1597
1598
1599 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1600 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1602 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1607
1608 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1609 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1610 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1611 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1612 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1613 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1614 emerging from the box.
1615
1616 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1617
1618 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1623 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626
1627 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1628 a reflection.
1629
1630 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1631
1632 ;;;***
1633 \f
1634 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1635 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16211 27012))
1638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1639 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1642
1643 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1644 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1645 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1646 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1647 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1648 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1649 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1650 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1662
1663 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1664 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1665 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1666 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1667 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1668 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1669 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1670 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1671 recent one.
1672
1673 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1674 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1675 yank successive words.
1676
1677 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1678 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1679 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1680 name of the file being visited.
1681
1682 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1683 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1684 the list of bookmarks.)
1685
1686 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1687
1688 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1689 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1690 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1691 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1692 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1693 this.
1694
1695 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1696 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1697 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1698 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1699
1700 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1701
1702 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1703 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1704 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1705 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1706 after a bookmark was set in it.
1707
1708 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1709
1710 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1711 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1712 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1713 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1714
1715 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1716
1717 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1718
1719 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1720 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1721 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1722 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1723
1724 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1725 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1726 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1727
1728 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1729 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1730 name.
1731
1732 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1733
1734 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1735 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1736 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1737 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1738 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1739 this.
1740
1741 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1742
1743 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1744 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1745 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1746 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1747 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1748 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1749 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1750 probably because we were called from there.
1751
1752 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1753
1754 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1755 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1756 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1757
1758 \(fn)" t nil)
1759
1760 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1761 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1762 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1763 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1764 \(second argument).
1765
1766 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1767 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1768 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1769 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1770 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1771
1772 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1773 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1774 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1775 `bookmark-default-file'.
1776
1777 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1778
1779 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1780 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1781 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1782 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1783 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1784 while loading.
1785
1786 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1787 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1788 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1789 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1790 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1791 explicitly.
1792
1793 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1794 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1795 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1796 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1797
1798 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1799
1800 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1801 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1805
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1807
1808 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1809
1810 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1811
1812 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1813
1814 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1815
1816 ;;;***
1817 \f
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1819 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1820 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1821 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1822 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1823 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1824 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1825 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1826 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16211 27037))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1828
1829 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1830 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1831 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1832 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1833
1834 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1835 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1836 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1837 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1838 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1839
1840 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1841
1842 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1843 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1844 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1845 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1846 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1847 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1848
1849 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1852 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1853 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1854 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1855 narrowed.
1856
1857 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1858
1859 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1860 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1861
1862 \(fn)" t nil)
1863
1864 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1865 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1866
1867 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1868
1869 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1870 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1871 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1872 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1873
1874 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1877 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1878 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1879 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1880
1881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1882
1883 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1884 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1885 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1886 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1887 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1888 to use.
1889
1890 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1891
1892 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1893 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1894 Default to the URL around or before point.
1895
1896 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1897 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1898 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1899 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1900
1901 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1902 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1903
1904 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1905 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1906
1907 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1908
1909 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1910 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1911 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1912 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1913
1914 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1915 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1916 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1917 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1918
1919 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1920 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1921
1922 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1923
1924 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1925 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1926 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1927 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1928
1929 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1930 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1931 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1932 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1933
1934 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1935 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1936 new tab in an existing window instead.
1937
1938 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1939 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1940
1941 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1942
1943 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1944 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1945 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1946 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1947
1948 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1949 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1950 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1951 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1952
1953 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1954 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1955 new tab in an existing window instead.
1956
1957 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1958 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1959
1960 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1961
1962 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1963 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1964 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1965 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1966
1967 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1968 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1969 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1970 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1971
1972 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1973 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1974
1975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1976
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1978 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1979
1980 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1981 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1982 program is invoked according to the variable
1983 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1984
1985 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1986 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1987 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1988 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1989
1990 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1991 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1992
1993 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1994
1995 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1996 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1997 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1998 variable `browse-url-grail'.
1999
2000 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2001
2002 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2003 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2004 Default to the URL around or before point.
2005
2006 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2007 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2008 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2009
2010 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2011 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2012 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2013 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2014
2015 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2016 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2017
2018 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2019
2020 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2021 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2022 Default to the URL around or before point.
2023
2024 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2025
2026 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2027 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2028 Default to the URL around or before point.
2029
2030 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2031 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2032 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2033
2034 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2035 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2036
2037 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2038
2039 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2040 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2041 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2042 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2043
2044 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2045
2046 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2047 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2048 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2049 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2050 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2051
2052 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2053
2054 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2055 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2056 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2057 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2058
2059 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2060 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2061 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2062 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2063
2064 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2065 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2066
2067 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2068
2069 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2070 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2071 Default to the URL around or before point.
2072
2073 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2076 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2077 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2078 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2079 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2080 current one.
2081
2082 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2083 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2084 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2085 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2086
2087 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2088 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2089
2090 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2091
2092 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2093 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2094 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2095 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2096 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2097 don't offer a form of remote control.
2098
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2100
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2104
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108 \f
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16211
2110 ;;;;;; 27038))
2111 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2112
2113 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2114 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2115
2116 \(fn)" t nil)
2117
2118 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2119 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2120
2121 \(fn)" nil nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2126 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16211 27012))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2128
2129 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2130 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2131 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2132 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2133
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2135
2136 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2137 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2138 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2139 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2140
2141 \(fn)" t nil)
2142
2143 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2144 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2145
2146 \(fn)" t nil)
2147
2148 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2149 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2150 \\<bs-mode-map>
2151 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2152 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2153 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2154 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2155
2156 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2157 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2158 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2159 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2160 name of buffer configuration.
2161
2162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2163
2164 ;;;***
2165 \f
2166 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2167 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16310
2168 ;;;;;; 39781))
2169 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2170
2171 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2172 Keymap used by buttons.")
2173
2174 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2175 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2176 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2177
2178 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2179 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2180 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2181 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2182 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2183 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2184
2185 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2186 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2187 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2188 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2189
2190 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2193 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2194 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2195 specifying properties to add to the button.
2196 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2197 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2198 `define-button-type'.
2199
2200 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2201
2202 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2203
2204 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2205 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2206 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2207 specifying properties to add to the button.
2208 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2209 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2210 `define-button-type'.
2211
2212 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2213
2214 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2215
2216 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2217 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2218 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2219 specifying properties to add to the button.
2220 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2221 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2222 `define-button-type'.
2223
2224 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2225 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2226 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2227 `make-text-button'.
2228
2229 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2230
2231 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2232
2233 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2234 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2235 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2236 specifying properties to add to the button.
2237 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2238 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2239 `define-button-type'.
2240
2241 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2242 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2243 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2244 `insert-text-button'.
2245
2246 Also see `make-text-button'.
2247
2248 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2249
2250 ;;;***
2251 \f
2252 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2253 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2254 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2255 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2256 ;;;;;; (16239 4666))
2257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2258
2259 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2260 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2261 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2262
2263 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2266 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2267 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2268 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2269
2270 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2271 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2272 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2273 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2274 whether to compile it.
2275
2276 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2277
2278 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2279 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2280
2281 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2284 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2285 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2286 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2287 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2288
2289 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2290
2291 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2292 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2293 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2294 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2295
2296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2297
2298 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2299 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2300 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2301
2302 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2303
2304 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2305 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2306 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2307 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2308 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2309 all functions called by those functions.
2310
2311 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2312 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2313 cons, etc.).
2314
2315 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2316 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2317 invoked interactively.
2318
2319 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2320
2321 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2322 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2323 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2324 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2325
2326 \(fn)" nil nil)
2327
2328 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2329 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2330 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2331 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2332 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2333 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2334 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2335 already up-to-date.
2336
2337 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2338
2339 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2340 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2341 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2342 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2343
2344 \(fn)" nil nil)
2345
2346 ;;;***
2347 \f
2348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16211 27023))
2349 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2350
2351 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2352
2353 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2354
2355 ;;;***
2356 \f
2357 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2358 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
2359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2360
2361 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2362 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2363 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2364 from the cursor position.
2365
2366 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2367
2368 ;;;***
2369 \f
2370 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2371 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2372 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16211
2373 ;;;;;; 27022))
2374 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2375
2376 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2377 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2378
2379 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2380 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2381
2382 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2383 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2384 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2385 If nil, use original installation directory.
2386 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2387
2388 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2389 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2390
2391 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2392 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2393
2394 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2395 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2396 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2397
2398 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2399 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2400
2401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2402
2403 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2404 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2405
2406 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2407
2408 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2409 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2410
2411 \(fn)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2414 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2415
2416 \(fn)" t nil)
2417
2418 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2419 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2420 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2421 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2422
2423 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2424
2425 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2426 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2427 This is most useful in the X window system.
2428 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2429 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2430
2431 \(fn)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2434 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2435 See calc-keypad for details.
2436
2437 \(fn)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2440 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2441
2442 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2443
2444 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2445 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2446
2447 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2448
2449 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2450 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2451
2452 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2455 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2456 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2457
2458 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2461 Not documented
2462
2463 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2464
2465 ;;;***
2466 \f
2467 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2468 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
2469 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2470
2471 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2472 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2473
2474 \(fn)" nil nil)
2475
2476 ;;;***
2477 \f
2478 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16211
2479 ;;;;;; 27012))
2480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2481
2482 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2483 Run the Emacs calculator.
2484 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2485
2486 \(fn)" t nil)
2487
2488 ;;;***
2489 \f
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2491 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2492 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2493 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2494 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2495 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2496 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2497 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2498 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2499 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2500 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2501 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2502 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2503 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2504 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2505 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2506 ;;;;;; (16252 34047))
2507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2508
2509 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2510 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2511 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2512
2513 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2514
2515 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2516 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2517 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2518 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2519 the screen.")
2520
2521 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2522
2523 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2524 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2525 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2526 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2527 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2528
2529 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2530
2531 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2532 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2533 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2534 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2535 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2536 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2537 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2538
2539 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2540 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2541 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2542 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2543 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2544
2545 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2546 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2547 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2548
2549 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2550
2551 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2552 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2553 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2554
2555 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2556
2557 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2558 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2559 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2560
2561 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2562
2563 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2564 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2565 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2566 displayed.")
2567
2568 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2569
2570 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2571 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2572 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2573
2574 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2575
2576 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2577 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2578 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2579
2580 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2581
2582 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2583
2584 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2585 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2586 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2587
2588 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2589 calendar.")
2590
2591 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2592
2593 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2594 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2595 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2596
2597 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2598 calendar.")
2599
2600 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2601
2602 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2603 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2604 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2605
2606 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2607
2608 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2610 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2611 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2612 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2613
2614 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2615
2616 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2617 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2618 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2619 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2620 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2621 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2622 a function is also provided for this:
2623 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2624
2625 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2626 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2627 date is not visible in the window.
2628
2629 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2630 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2631 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2632
2633 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2634
2635 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2636 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2637
2638 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2639 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2640 date is visible in the window.
2641
2642 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2643 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2644 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2645
2646 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2647
2648 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2649 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2650
2651 For example,
2652
2653 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2654
2655 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2656
2657 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2658
2659 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2660 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2661
2662 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2663 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2664
2665 MONTH/DAY
2666 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2667 MONTHNAME DAY
2668 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2669 DAYNAME
2670
2671 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2672 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2673 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2674 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2675 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2676 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2677 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2678 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2679 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2680 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2681 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2682 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2683 in every week.
2684
2685 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2686 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2687 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2688 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2689
2690 DAY/MONTH
2691 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2692 DAY MONTHNAME
2693 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2694 DAYNAME
2695
2696 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2697 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2698
2699 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2700 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2701 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2702 window but will appear in a diary window.
2703
2704 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2705 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2706
2707 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2708 entries (in the default American style):
2709
2710 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2711 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2712 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2713 21: Payday
2714 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2715 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2716 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2717 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2718 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2719 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2720 &* 15 time cards due.
2721
2722 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2723 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2724 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2725 single diary entry
2726
2727 02/11/1989
2728 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2729 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2730 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2731 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2732 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2733 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2734
2735 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2736 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2737 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2738
2739 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2740
2741 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2742
2743 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2744 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2745 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2746 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2747 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2748 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2749 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2750 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2751 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2752
2753 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2754 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2755 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2756 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2757 for these functions for details.
2758
2759 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2760 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2761
2762 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2763
2764 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2765 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2766
2767 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2768
2769 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2770 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2771
2772 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2773
2774 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2775 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2776
2777 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2778
2779 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2780 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2781 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2782
2783 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2784
2785 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2786 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2787 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2788
2789 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2790
2791 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2792 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2793 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2794 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2795
2796 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2797
2798 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2799 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2800 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2801 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2802 are
2803
2804 DAY/MONTH
2805 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2806 DAY MONTHNAME
2807 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2808 DAYNAME
2809
2810 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2811 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2812 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2813
2814 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2815
2816 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2817 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2818 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2819
2820 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2821
2822 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2823 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2824 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2825
2826 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2827
2828 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2829 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2830 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2831
2832 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2833
2834 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2835 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2836 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2837
2838 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2839
2840 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2841 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2842 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2843 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2844 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2845 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2846
2847 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2848
2849 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2850 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2851 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2852
2853 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2854 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2855 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2856 of the form
2857
2858 #include \"filename\"
2859
2860 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2861 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2862 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2863 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2864 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2865
2866 For example, you could use
2867
2868 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2869 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2870 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2871
2872 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2873 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2874 lexicographic order.")
2875
2876 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2877
2878 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2879 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2880 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2881
2882 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2883
2884 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2885 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2886 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2887 diary display.
2888
2889 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2890 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2891 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2892 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2893 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2894 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2895 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2896
2897 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2898 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2899 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2900 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2901 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2902 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2903 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2904 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2905
2906 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2907
2908 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2909 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2910 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2911 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2912 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2913 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2914
2915 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2916
2917 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2918 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2919
2920 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2921 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2922 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2923 of the form
2924 #include \"filename\"
2925 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2926 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2927 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2928 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2929 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2930
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2932
2933 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2934 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2935 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2936 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2937 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2938 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2939
2940 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2941
2942 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2943 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2944 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2945 are holidays.")
2946
2947 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2948
2949 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2950 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2951 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2952 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2953 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2954
2955 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2956
2957 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2958
2959 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2960 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2961 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2962
2963 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2964
2965 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2966
2967 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2968 *Oriental holidays.
2969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2970
2971 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2972
2973 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2974
2975 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2976 *Local holidays.
2977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2978
2979 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2980
2981 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2982
2983 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2984 *User defined holidays.
2985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2986
2987 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2988
2989 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2990
2991 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2992
2993 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2994
2995 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2996
2997 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2998
2999 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3000
3001 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3002
3003 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3004
3005 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3006
3007 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3008 *Jewish holidays.
3009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3010
3011 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3012
3013 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3014
3015 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3016 *Christian holidays.
3017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3018
3019 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3020
3021 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3022
3023 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3024 *Islamic holidays.
3025 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3026
3027 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3028
3029 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3030
3031 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3032 *Sun-related holidays.
3033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3034
3035 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3036
3037 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3038
3039 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3040 The frame set up of the calendar.
3041 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3042 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3043 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3044 any other value the current frame is used.")
3045
3046 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3047 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3048 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3049
3050 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3051 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3052
3053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3054
3055 ;;;***
3056 \f
3057 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3058 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3059 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3061
3062 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3063 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3064 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3065 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3066 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3067 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3068 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3069
3070 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3071
3072 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3073 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3080
3081 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3082 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3083 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3084 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3085 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3086 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3087
3088 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3089
3090 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3091 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3092
3093 Key bindings:
3094 \\{c-mode-map}
3095
3096 \(fn)" t nil)
3097
3098 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3099 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3100
3101 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3102 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3103 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3104 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3105 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3106 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3107 message.
3108
3109 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3110
3111 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3112 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3113
3114 Key bindings:
3115 \\{c++-mode-map}
3116
3117 \(fn)" t nil)
3118
3119 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3120 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3121 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3122
3123 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3124 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3125 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3126 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3127 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3128 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3129 message.
3130
3131 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3132
3133 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3134 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3135
3136 Key bindings:
3137 \\{objc-mode-map}
3138
3139 \(fn)" t nil)
3140
3141 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3142 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3143 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3144
3145 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3146 Major mode for editing Java code.
3147 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3148 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3149 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3150 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3151 message.
3152
3153 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3154
3155 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3156 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3157
3158 Key bindings:
3159 \\{java-mode-map}
3160
3161 \(fn)" t nil)
3162
3163 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3164 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3165 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3166
3167 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3168 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3169 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3170 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3171 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3172 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3173 message.
3174
3175 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3176
3177 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3178 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3179
3180 Key bindings:
3181 \\{idl-mode-map}
3182
3183 \(fn)" t nil)
3184
3185 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3186 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3187 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3188 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3189
3190 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3191 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3192 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3193 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3194 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3195 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3196 message.
3197
3198 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3199
3200 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3201 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3202
3203 Key bindings:
3204 \\{pike-mode-map}
3205
3206 \(fn)" t nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3212 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3213
3214 ;;;***
3215 \f
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3217 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16241 41611))
3218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3219
3220 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3221 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3222 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3223 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3224 for details of setting up styles.
3225
3226 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3227 style name.
3228
3229 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3230 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3231 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3232 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3233 will be reassigned.
3234
3235 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3236 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3237 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3238 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3239 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3240 default).
3241
3242 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3243 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3244 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3245 when used elsewhere.
3246
3247 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3248
3249 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3250 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3251 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3252 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3253
3254 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3255
3256 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3257 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3258 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3259
3260 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3261
3262 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3263 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3264 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3265 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3266 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3267
3268 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3269
3270 ;;;***
3271 \f
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3273 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3276
3277 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3278 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3279
3280 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3281
3282 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3283 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3284
3285 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3286
3287 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3288 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3289
3290 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3291 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3292 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3293 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3294 execution.
3295
3296 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3297
3298 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3299
3300 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3301 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3302
3303 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3304 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3305 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3306 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3307
3308 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3309 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3310 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3311 `write' commands.
3312
3313 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3314 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3315 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3316 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3317
3318 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3319 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3320 semantics.
3321
3322 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3323
3324 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3325
3326 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3327
3328 STATEMENT :=
3329 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3330 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3331
3332 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3333 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3334 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3335 | integer
3336
3337 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3338
3339 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3340 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3341 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3342
3343 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3344 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3345 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3346
3347 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3348 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3349
3350 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3351 BREAK := (break)
3352
3353 REPEAT :=
3354 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3355 (repeat)
3356 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3357 ;; (repeat))
3358 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3359 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3360 ;; (read REG)
3361 ;; (repeat))
3362 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3363 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3364 ;; (read REG)
3365 ;; (repeat))
3366 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3367
3368 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3369 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3370 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3371 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3372 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3373 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3374 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3375 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3376 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3377 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3378 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3379 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3380 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3381 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3382 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3383 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3384
3385 WRITE :=
3386 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3387 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3388 ;; representation.
3389 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3390 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3391 ;; (write r7))
3392 | (write EXPRESSION)
3393 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3394 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3395 ;; representation.
3396 | (write integer)
3397 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3398 ;; buffer.
3399 | (write string)
3400 ;; Same as: (write string)
3401 | string
3402 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3403 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3404 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3405 ;; representation.
3406 | (write REG ARRAY)
3407 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3408 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3409 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3410 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3411 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3412 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3413
3414 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3415 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3416
3417 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3418 END := (end)
3419
3420 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3421 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3422 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3423
3424 ARG := REG | integer
3425
3426 OPERATOR :=
3427 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3428 + | - | * | / | %
3429
3430 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3431 | & | `|' | ^
3432
3433 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3434 | << | >>
3435
3436 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3437 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3438 | <8
3439
3440 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3441 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3442 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3443 | >8
3444
3445 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3446 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3447 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3448 | //
3449
3450 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3451 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3452
3453 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3454 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3455 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3456 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3457 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3458 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3459 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3460 | de-sjis
3461
3462 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3463 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3464 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3465 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3466 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3467 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3468 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3469 ;; byte of SJIS.
3470 | en-sjis
3471
3472 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3473 ;; Same meaning as C code
3474 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3475
3476 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3477 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3478 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3479 | <8=
3480
3481 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3482 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3483 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3484
3485 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3486 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3487 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3488 | //=
3489
3490 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3491
3492
3493 TRANSLATE :=
3494 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3495 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3497 LOOKUP :=
3498 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3499 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3500 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3501 MAP :=
3502 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3503 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3504 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3505 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3506 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3507 MAP-ID := integer
3508
3509 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3510
3511 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3512 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3513 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3514 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3515 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3516 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3517
3518 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3519
3520 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3521 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3522 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3523
3524 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3525
3526 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3527
3528 ;;;***
3529 \f
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3531 ;;;;;; (16278 45828))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3533
3534 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3535 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3536 There are no special keybindings by default.
3537
3538 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3539 to the action header.
3540
3541 \(fn)" t nil)
3542
3543 ;;;***
3544 \f
3545 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3546 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3547 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3548 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3549 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3550 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3551 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3552 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3553 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3555
3556 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3557 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3558 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3559 the users will view as each check is completed.
3560
3561 \(fn)" t nil)
3562
3563 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3564 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3565 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3566 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3567 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3568 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3569 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3570 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3571
3572 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3573
3574 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3575 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3576 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3577 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3578 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3579 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3580 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3581 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3582
3583 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3584
3585 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3586 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3587 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3588 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3589 spacing are all verified.
3590
3591 \(fn)" t nil)
3592
3593 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3594 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3595 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3596 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3597 otherwise stop after the first error.
3598
3599 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3600
3601 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3602 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3603 Only documentation strings are checked.
3604 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3605 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3606 a separate buffer.
3607
3608 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3609
3610 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3611 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3612 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3613 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3614 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3615
3616 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3617
3618 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3619 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3620 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3621 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3622 if there is one.
3623
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3627 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3628 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3629 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3630 if there is one.
3631 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3632
3633 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3634
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3637 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3638
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640
3641 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3642 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3643 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3644 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3645 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3646
3647 \(fn)" t nil)
3648
3649 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3650 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3651 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3652 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3653 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3654 space at the end of each line.
3655
3656 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3657
3658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3660 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3662
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664
3665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3669
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3671
3672 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3676
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3678
3679 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3688 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3690
3691 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3692
3693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3695 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3697
3698 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3699
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3702 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3703 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3704
3705 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3706
3707 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3708 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3709 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3710 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3711
3712 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3713
3714 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3715 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3716 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3717 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3718
3719 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3722 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3723 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3724
3725 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3726 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3727 checking of documentation strings.
3728
3729 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3730
3731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3732
3733 ;;;***
3734 \f
3735 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3736 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16211
3737 ;;;;;; 27033))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3739
3740 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3741 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3742 Return the length of resulting text.
3743
3744 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3747 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3748
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3750
3751 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3752 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3753 Return the length of resulting text.
3754
3755 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3756
3757 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3758 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3759
3760 \(fn)" t nil)
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3765 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16211 27012))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3767
3768 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3769 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3770 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3771 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3772 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3773 editing and the result is evaluated.
3774
3775 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3778 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3780 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3781 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3782
3783 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3784
3785 \(fn)" t nil)
3786
3787 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3788 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3789 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3790 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3791 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3792
3793 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3794 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3795 \\{command-history-map}
3796
3797 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3798 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3799
3800 \(fn)" t nil)
3801
3802 ;;;***
3803 \f
3804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16211 27024))
3805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3806
3807 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3808 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3809 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3810 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3811 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3812 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3813
3814 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3815 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3816
3817 ;;;***
3818 \f
3819 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3820 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3822
3823 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3824 Not documented
3825
3826 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3827
3828 ;;;***
3829 \f
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3831 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3833
3834 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3835 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3836 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3837 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3838
3839 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3840 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3841 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3842
3843 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3844 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3845
3846 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3847
3848 ;;;***
3849 \f
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16211
3851 ;;;;;; 27012))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3853
3854 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3855 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3856 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3857 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3858 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3859 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3861
3862 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3863 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3864
3865 ;;;***
3866 \f
3867 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3868 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
3869 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3870
3871 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3872 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3873 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3874 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3875 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3876 ?* is used.
3877 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3878
3879 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3880 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
3881 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
3882
3883 ;;;***
3884 \f
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3886 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3887 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16215 28546))
3888 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3889
3890 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3891 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3892 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3893 ASCII table.
3894
3895 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3896 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3897 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3898 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3899
3900 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3901
3902 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3903 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3904 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3905
3906 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3907
3908 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3909 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3910 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3911
3912 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3913
3914 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3915 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3916 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3917
3918 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3919
3920 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3921 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3922
3923 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3924 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3925 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3926
3927 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3928 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3929
3930 \(fn)" nil nil)
3931
3932 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3933 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3934
3935 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3936 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3937 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3938
3939 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3940
3941 ;;;***
3942 \f
3943 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3944 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3945 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3946 ;;;;;; (16211 27012))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3948
3949 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3950 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3951 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3952 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3953 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3954 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3955 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3956 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3957
3958 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3959
3960 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3961
3962 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3963 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3964 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3965 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3966 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3967 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3968 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3969 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3970
3971 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3972
3973 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3974
3975 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3976 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3977 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3978 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3979 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3980 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3981
3982 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3985 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3986 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3987
3988 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3989
3990 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3993 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3994 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3995
3996 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3997
3998 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4001 Send COMMAND to current process.
4002 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4003 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4004
4005 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4006
4007 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4008 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4009 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4010 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4011
4012 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16277
4017 ;;;;;; 42321))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4019
4020 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4021 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4022 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4023 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4024
4025 This command pushes the mark in each window
4026 at the prior location of point in that window.
4027 If both windows display the same buffer,
4028 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4029 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4030
4031 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4032 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4033 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4034 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4035 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4036 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4037 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4038 ignored.
4039
4040 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4041 this command work in interlaced mode:
4042 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4043 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4044 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4045
4046 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4047
4048 ;;;***
4049 \f
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4051 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4052 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4053 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16277 42320))
4054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4055
4056 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4057 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4058
4059 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4060
4061 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4062 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4063
4064 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4065
4066 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4067 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4068 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4069 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4070 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4071
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4077
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4082
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087
4088 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4089 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4090 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4091
4092 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4093
4094 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4095 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4096 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4097 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4098
4099 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4100
4101 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4102 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4103 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4104 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4105
4106 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4107 and move to the source code that caused it.
4108
4109 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4110 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4111
4112 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4113 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4114 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4115 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4116 subprocesses.
4117
4118 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4119 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4120 to a function that generates a unique name.
4121
4122 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4123
4124 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4125 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4126 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4127 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4128 where grep found matches.
4129
4130 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4131 easily repeat a grep command.
4132
4133 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4134 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4135 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4136 if that history list is empty).
4137
4138 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4139
4140 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4141 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4142 Collect output in a buffer.
4143 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4144 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4145
4146 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4147 easily repeat a find command.
4148
4149 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4150
4151 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4152 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4153 Collect output in a buffer.
4154 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4155 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4156 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4157 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4158 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4159
4160 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4161 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4162
4163 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4164 easily repeat a find command.
4165
4166 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4167 those sub directories of DIR.
4168
4169 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4170
4171 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4172 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4173 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4174 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4175 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4176
4177 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4178
4179 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4180
4181 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4182 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4183 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4184 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4185 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4186 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4187 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4188
4189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4190
4191 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4192 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4193 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4194 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4195 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4196 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4197
4198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4199
4200 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4201 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4202
4203 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4204 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4205
4206 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4207 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4208 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4209 and start at the first error.
4210
4211 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4212 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4213 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4214 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4215 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4216 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4217
4218 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4219 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4220 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4221
4222 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4223 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4224
4225 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4226 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4227
4228 ;;;***
4229 \f
4230 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4231 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
4232 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4233
4234 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4235 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4236 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4237 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4238 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4239
4240 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4241
4242 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4243 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4244 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4245
4246 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4247 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4248 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4249 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4250
4251 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4252 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4253 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4254 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4255
4256 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4257 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4258 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4259 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4260
4261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4262
4263 ;;;***
4264 \f
4265 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4266 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4267 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4268
4269 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4270 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4271
4272 \(fn)" t nil)
4273
4274 ;;;***
4275 \f
4276 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4277 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4278 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4279 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
4280 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4281
4282 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4283 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4284 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4285 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4286 `make-composition'.
4287
4288 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4289
4290 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4291 | | 1:tc or top-center
4292 | | 2:tr or top-right
4293 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4294 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4295 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4296 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4297 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4298 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4299
4300 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4301 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4302 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4303 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4304 be added.
4305
4306 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4307 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4308 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4309
4310 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4311 | | |
4312 | global| |
4313 | glyph | |
4314 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4315 +----+--*--+
4316 | | new |
4317 | |glyph|
4318 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4319 ")
4320
4321 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4322 Compose characters in the current region.
4323
4324 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4325 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4326
4327 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4328
4329 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4330 specifying the region.
4331
4332 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4333 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4334 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4335
4336 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4337 of the text in the region.
4338
4339 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4340
4341 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4342 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4343 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4344 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4345
4346 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4347 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4348 detail.
4349
4350 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4351 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4352 text in the composition.
4353
4354 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4355
4356 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4357 Decompose text in the current region.
4358
4359 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4360 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4361
4362 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4363
4364 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4365 Compose characters in string STRING.
4366
4367 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4368 the characters in it.
4369
4370 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4371 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4372 STRING respectively.
4373
4374 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4375 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4376 `compose-region' for more detail.
4377
4378 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4379 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4380 text in the composition.
4381
4382 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4383
4384 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4385 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4386
4387 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4388
4389 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4390 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4391 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4392 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4393 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4394 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4395 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4396 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4397
4398 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4399
4400 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4401 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4402
4403 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4404 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4405
4406 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4407 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4408
4409 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4410 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4411
4412 If no composition is found, return nil.
4413
4414 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4415 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4416
4417 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4418 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4419 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4420
4421 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4422
4423 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4424
4425 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4426 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4427 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4428
4429 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4430
4431 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4432
4433 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4434
4435 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4436 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4437
4438 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4439 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4440 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4441 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4442 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4443 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4444 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4445 nil.
4446
4447 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4448 is:
4449 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4450 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4451
4452 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4453
4454 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4455 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4456
4457 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4458
4459 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4460
4461 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4462 Compose last characters.
4463 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4464 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4465 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4466 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4467 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4468 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4469 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4470 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4471 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4472 after a sequence character events.
4473
4474 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4475 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4476
4477 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4478 Convert CHAR to string.
4479
4480 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4481 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4482 vector of CHAR respectively.
4483 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4484
4485 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4486
4487 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4488
4489 ;;;***
4490 \f
4491 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4492 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16211 27038))
4493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4494
4495 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4496 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4497 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4498 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4499
4500 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4501
4502 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4503 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4504 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4505 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4506
4507 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4508
4509 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4510 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4511 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4512 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4513
4514 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4515
4516 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4517 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4518
4519 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4520
4521 ;;;***
4522 \f
4523 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4524 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4526
4527 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4528 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4529 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4530 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4531 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4532 following the copyright are updated as well.
4533 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4534 interactively.
4535
4536 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4537
4538 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4539 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4540
4541 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4542
4543 ;;;***
4544 \f
4545 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4546 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4548
4549 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4550 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4551 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4552 Tab indents for Perl code.
4553 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4554 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4555
4556 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4557 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4558 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4559 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4560 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4561 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4562 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4563 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4564 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4565 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4566 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4567 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4568
4569 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4570
4571 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4572 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4573
4574 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4575
4576 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4577 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4578 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4579 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4580 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4581 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4582 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4583 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4584 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4585
4586 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4587
4588 bite if angry;
4589
4590 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4591 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4592 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4593 to nil.)
4594
4595 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4596 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4597 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4598
4599 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4600
4601 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4602 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4603 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4604 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4605 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4606
4607 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4608
4609 if (A) { B }
4610
4611 into
4612
4613 B if A;
4614
4615 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4616
4617 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4618 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4619 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4620 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4621 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4622 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4623 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4624 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4625 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4626 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4627 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4628 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4629 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4630
4631 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4632 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4633 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4634 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4635 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4636 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4637
4638 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4639 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4640 man via menu.
4641
4642 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4643 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4644 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4645 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4646 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4647
4648 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4649 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4650 span the needed amount of lines.
4651
4652 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4653 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4654 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4655 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4656
4657 Variables controlling indentation style:
4658 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4659 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4660 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4661 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4662 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4663 `cperl-auto-newline'
4664 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4665 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4666 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4667 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4668 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4669 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4670 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4671 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4672 `cperl-indent-level'
4673 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4674 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4675 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4676 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4677 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4678 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4679 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4680 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4681 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4682 `cperl-brace-offset'
4683 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4684 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4685 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4686 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4687 `cperl-label-offset'
4688 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4689 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4690 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4691
4692 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4693 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4694 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4695 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4696 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4697
4698 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4699 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4700 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4701 \(both available from menu).
4702
4703 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4704 column 0 is indented on
4705 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4706
4707 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4708 with no args.
4709
4710 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4711 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4712 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4713
4714 \(fn)" t nil)
4715
4716 ;;;***
4717 \f
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4719 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4721
4722 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4723 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4724 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4725 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4726 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4727
4728 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4729
4730 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4731 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4732
4733 \(fn)" t nil)
4734
4735 ;;;***
4736 \f
4737 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4738 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
4739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4740
4741 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4742 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4743 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4744 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4745
4746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4747 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4748
4749 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4750
4751 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4752 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4753 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4754
4755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4756
4757 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4758
4759 ;;;***
4760 \f
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4762 ;;;;;; (16211 27024))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4764
4765 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4766 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4767 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4768 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4769
4770 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4771 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4772 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4773 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4774
4775 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4776 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4777 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4778
4779 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4780 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4781 'bob', and 'eve'.
4782
4783 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4784 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4785 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4786
4787 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4788
4789 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4790 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4791 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4792
4793 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4794
4795 ;;;***
4796 \f
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16211
4798 ;;;;;; 27026))
4799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4800
4801 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4802 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4803 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4805 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4806
4807 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4808
4809 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4810 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4811 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4812 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4813 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4814 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4815
4816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4817 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4818 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4819 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4820 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4821 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4822 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4823 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4824 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4825
4826 ;;;***
4827 \f
4828 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4829 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4830 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4831 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4832 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4833 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4834 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4835 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4836 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16211 27013))
4837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4838 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4839
4840 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4841 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4842
4843 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4844 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4845
4846 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4847 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4848
4849 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4850
4851 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4852
4853 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4854 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4855 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4856
4857 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4858 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4859
4860 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4861 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4862
4863 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4864 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4865
4866 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4867 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4868
4869 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4870
4871 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4872
4873 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4875 Return VALUE.
4876
4877 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4878 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4879
4880 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4881 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4882
4883 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4884 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4885
4886 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4887 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4888
4889 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4890
4891 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4892
4893 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4894 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4895 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4896 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4897 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4898
4899 \(fn)" t nil)
4900
4901 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4902 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4903 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4904 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4905
4906 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4907
4908 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4909 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4910
4911 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4912
4913 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4914 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4915
4916 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4917
4918 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4919
4920 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4921 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4922
4923 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4924
4925 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4926
4927 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4928 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4929 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4930
4931 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4934 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4935 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4936 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4937 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4938
4939 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4940 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4941 version.
4942
4943 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4944
4945 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4947 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4948
4949 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4950 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4951
4952 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4955 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4956
4957 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4958 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4959
4960 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4961
4962 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4963 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4964
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4966
4967 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4968 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4969
4970 \(fn)" t nil)
4971
4972 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4973 Customize all already saved user options.
4974
4975 \(fn)" t nil)
4976
4977 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4978 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4979 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4980 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4981 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4982 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4983 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4984
4985 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4986
4987 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4988 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4989 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4990
4991 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4992
4993 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4995
4996 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4997
4998 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4999 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5000
5001 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5002
5003 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5004 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5005 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5006 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5007 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5008 that option.
5009
5010 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5011
5012 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5013 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5014 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5015 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5016 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5017 that option.
5018
5019 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5020
5021 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5022 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5023
5024 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5025
5026 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5027 File used for storing customization information.
5028 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5029 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5030 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5031
5032 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5033 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5034 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5035 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5036
5037 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5038
5039 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5040 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5041
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5045 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5046
5047 \(fn)" nil nil)
5048
5049 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5050 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5051 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5052
5053 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5054
5055 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5056 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5057 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5058 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5059 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5060
5061 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5062
5063 ;;;***
5064 \f
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5066 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5067 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5068 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5069
5070 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5071 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5072
5073 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5074
5075 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5076 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5077 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5078 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5079
5080 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5081
5082 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5083 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5084 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5085 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5086 between themes and faces.
5087 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5088
5089 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5090 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5091
5092 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5093
5094 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5095 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5096 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5097 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5098 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5099
5100 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5101
5102 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5103 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5104 Associate this setting with THEME.
5105
5106 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5107
5108 (FACE TO-THEME)
5109
5110 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5111
5112 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5113
5114 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5115 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5116 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5117
5118 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5119
5120 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5121
5122 ;;;***
5123 \f
5124 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5125 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5126 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5127
5128 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5129 Create a custom theme.
5130
5131 \(fn)" t nil)
5132
5133 ;;;***
5134 \f
5135 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5136 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5137 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5138
5139 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5140 Mode used for cvs status output.
5141
5142 \(fn)" t nil)
5143
5144 ;;;***
5145 \f
5146 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5147 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16211 27039))
5148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5149
5150 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5151 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5152
5153 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5154 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5155 C++ modes are included.
5156
5157 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5158
5159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5160
5161 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5162 Turn on CWarn mode.
5163
5164 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5165 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5166
5167 \(fn)" nil nil)
5168
5169 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5170 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5171 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5173 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5174
5175 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5176
5177 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5178 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5179 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5180 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5181 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5182
5183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5184
5185 ;;;***
5186 \f
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5188 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5189 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
5190 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5191
5192 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5193 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5194
5195 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5196
5197 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5198 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5199
5200 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5201
5202 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5203 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5204 For readability, the table is slightly
5205 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5206
5207 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5208 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5209 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5210 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5211 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5212
5213 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5214
5215 ;;;***
5216 \f
5217 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5218 ;;;;;; (16211 27013))
5219 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5220 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5221 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5222
5223 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5224 Completion on current word.
5225 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5226 and presents suggestions for completion.
5227
5228 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5229 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5230 completions.
5231
5232 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5233 then it searches *all* buffers.
5234
5235 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5236 if there is a suitable one already.
5237
5238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5239
5240 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5241 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5242
5243 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5244 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5245 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5246 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5247 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5248
5249 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5250 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5251
5252 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5253 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5254 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5255
5256 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5257 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5258
5259 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5260
5261 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5262
5263 ;;;***
5264 \f
5265 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16211
5266 ;;;;;; 27039))
5267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5268
5269 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5270 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5271
5272 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5273 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5274 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5275
5276 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5277 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5278 Data lines are not indented.
5279
5280 Key bindings:
5281
5282 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5283 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5284
5285 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5286 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5287 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5288 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5289
5290 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5291
5292 dcl-basic-offset
5293 Extra indentation within blocks.
5294
5295 dcl-continuation-offset
5296 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5297
5298 dcl-margin-offset
5299 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5300
5301 dcl-margin-label-offset
5302 Indentation for a label.
5303
5304 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5305 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5306
5307 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5308 dcl-block-end-regexp
5309 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5310 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5311 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5312 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5313 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5314
5315 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5316 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5317 Two such functions are included in the package:
5318 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5319 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5320
5321 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5322 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5323 One such function is included in the package:
5324 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5325
5326 dcl-tab-always-indent
5327 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5328 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5329 margin.
5330
5331 dcl-electric-characters
5332 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5333 typed.
5334
5335 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5336 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5337 which words trigger electric indentation.
5338
5339 dcl-tempo-comma
5340 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5341 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5342 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5343
5344 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5345 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5346 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5347 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5348
5349 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5350 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5351 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5352 dcl-imenu-label-call
5353 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5354
5355 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5356 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5357 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5358 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5359
5360
5361 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5362
5363 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5364 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5365 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5366 $ i = 1
5367 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5368 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5369 $ label:
5370 $ if i.eq.1
5371 $ then
5372 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5373 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5374 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5375 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5376 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5377 \"lined up with the command line\"
5378 $ type sys$input
5379 Data lines are not indented at all.
5380 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5381 $ endif
5382 $
5383
5384
5385 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5386 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5387
5388 \(fn)" t nil)
5389
5390 ;;;***
5391 \f
5392 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5393 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16211 27025))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5395
5396 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5397
5398 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5399 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5400 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5401 of the evaluator.
5402
5403 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5404 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5405 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5406
5407 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5408
5409 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5410 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5411 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5412 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5413 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5414 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5415 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5416
5417 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5418
5419 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5420 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5421 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5422
5423 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5424
5425 ;;;***
5426 \f
5427 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5428 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
5429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5430
5431 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5432 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5433
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5435
5436 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5437 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5438 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5439 Upper-case letters are commands.
5440
5441 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5442 modify it.
5443
5444 The most useful commands are:
5445 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5446 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5447 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5448 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5449 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5450 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5451
5452 \(fn)" t nil)
5453
5454 ;;;***
5455 \f
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5457 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16211
5458 ;;;;;; 27013))
5459 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5460
5461 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5462 Customization of `columns' group.
5463
5464 \(fn)" t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5467 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5468
5469 START and END delimits the text region.
5470
5471 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5474 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5475
5476 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5477
5478 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5479
5480 ;;;***
5481 \f
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16211
5483 ;;;;;; 27039))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5485
5486 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5487 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5488 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5489 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5490 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5491 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5492
5493 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5494
5495 Customization:
5496
5497 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5498 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5499 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5500 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5501 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5502 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5503 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5504 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5505 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5506 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5507 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5508 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5509 blank line.
5510 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5511 Directories to search when finding external units.
5512 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5513 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5514
5515 Coloring:
5516
5517 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5518 Face used to color delphi comments.
5519 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5520 Face used to color delphi strings.
5521 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5522 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5523 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5524 Face used to color everything else.
5525
5526 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5527 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5528
5529 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5530
5531 ;;;***
5532 \f
5533 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16211
5534 ;;;;;; 27013))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5536
5537 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5538
5539 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5540 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5541 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5543 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5544
5545 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5546
5547 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5548 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5549 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5550 positive.
5551
5552 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5553 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5554 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5555 any selection.
5556
5557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5558
5559 ;;;***
5560 \f
5561 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5562 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16211 27025))
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5564
5565 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5566 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5567
5568 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5569
5570 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5571 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5572 or nil if there is no parent.
5573 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5574 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5575 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5576 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5577 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5578
5579 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5580 arguments are currently understood:
5581 :group GROUP
5582 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5583 :syntax-table TABLE
5584 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5585 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5586 :abbrev-table TABLE
5587 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5588 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5589
5590 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5591
5592 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5593
5594 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5595 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5596 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5597
5598 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5599 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5600
5601 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5602 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5603 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5604
5605 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5606 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5607
5608 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5609 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5610
5611 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5612
5613 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5614 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5615 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5616 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5617 the first time the mode is used.
5618
5619 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5620
5621 ;;;***
5622 \f
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5624 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16302 39173))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5626
5627 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5628 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5629 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5630 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5631 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5632 otherwise.
5633
5634 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5635
5636 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5637 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5638 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5639 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5640 character composition information (if relevant),
5641 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5642
5643 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5644
5645 ;;;***
5646 \f
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5648 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5649 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16297 34365))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5651
5652 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5653 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5654 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5656 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5657
5658 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5659
5660 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5661 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5662 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5663 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5664 desktop is saved.
5665
5666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5667
5668 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5669 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5670 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5671 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5672 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5673 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5674 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5675 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5676
5677 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5678
5679 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5680 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5681 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5682
5683 \(fn)" nil nil)
5684
5685 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5686 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5687 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5688 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5689 directory DIRNAME.
5690
5691 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5692
5693 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5694 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5695
5696 \(fn)" t nil)
5697
5698 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5699 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5700
5701 \(fn)" t nil)
5702
5703 ;;;***
5704 \f
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util"
5706 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (16232 544))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5708
5709 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5710
5711 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5712 Not documented
5713
5714 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5715
5716 ;;;***
5717 \f
5718 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5719 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16212 54636))
5720 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5721
5722 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5723 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5724 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5725 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5726 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5727
5728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5729
5730 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5731 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5732 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5733 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5734
5735 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5736 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5737 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5738 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5739
5740 #!/bin/sh
5741 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5742 emacs -batch \\
5743 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5744 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5745 european-calendar-style t \\
5746 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5747 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5748 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5749
5750 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5751 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5752 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5753 to run it every morning at 1am.
5754
5755 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5756
5757 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5758 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5759
5760 \(fn)" t nil)
5761
5762 ;;;***
5763 \f
5764 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5765 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16277 42321))
5766 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5767
5768 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5769 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5770
5771 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5772
5773 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5774 *The command to use to run diff.")
5775
5776 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5777
5778 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5779 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5780 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5781 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5782 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5783 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5784
5785 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5786
5787 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5788 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5789 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5790 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5791 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5792
5793 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5794
5795 ;;;***
5796 \f
5797 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5798 ;;;;;; (16309 31935))
5799 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5800
5801 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5802 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5803 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5804 normal diffs.
5805 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5806 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5807 headers for you on-the-fly.
5808
5809 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5810 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5811 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5812
5813 \(fn)" t nil)
5814
5815 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5816 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5817 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5818
5819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5820
5821 ;;;***
5822 \f
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5824 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5825 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5826 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5827 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16292 22310))
5828 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5829
5830 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5831 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5832 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5833 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5834 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5835 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5836 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5837 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5838
5839 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5840
5841 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5842 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5843
5844 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5845 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5846 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5847 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5848 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5849
5850 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5851 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5852
5853 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5854 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5855 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5856 always set this variable to t.")
5857
5858 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5859
5860 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5861 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5862 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5863 A value of t means move to first file.")
5864
5865 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5866
5867 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5868 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5869 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5870 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5871 are afterward marked with that character.")
5872
5873 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5874
5875 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5876 *Controls marking of copied files.
5877 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5878 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5879
5880 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5881
5882 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5883 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5884 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5885 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5886
5887 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5888
5889 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5890 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5891 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5892 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5893
5894 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5895
5896 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5897 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5898 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5899 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5900
5901 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5902
5903 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5904
5905 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5906 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5907 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5908
5909 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5910
5911 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5912 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5913 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5914 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5915 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5916 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5917
5918 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5919 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5920 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5921 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5922 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5923 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5924 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5925 list of files to make directory entries for.
5926 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5927 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5928 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5929 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5930
5931 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5932
5933 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5934 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5935
5936 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5937 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5938
5939 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5940 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5941
5942 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5943 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5944
5945 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5946
5947 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5948 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5949
5950 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5951 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5952
5953 ;;;***
5954 \f
5955 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5956 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5957 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5958 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5959 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5960 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5961 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5962 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5963 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5964 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5965 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5966 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5967 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16211 27013))
5968 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5969
5970 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5971 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5972 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5973 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5974 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5975 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5976 which is options for `diff'.
5977
5978 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5979
5980 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5981 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5982 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5983 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5984 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5985 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5986
5987 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5988
5989 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5990 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5991 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5992
5993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5994
5995 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5996 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5997
5998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5999
6000 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6001 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6002
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6004
6005 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6006 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6007 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6008 `lpr-switches' as default.
6009
6010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6011
6012 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6013 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6014 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6015 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6016 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6017
6018 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6019 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6020
6021 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6022 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6023 file name substituted for `?'.
6024
6025 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6026 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6027
6028 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6029 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6030 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6031 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6032
6033 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6034
6035 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6036 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6037 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6038
6039 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6040 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6041 in a subdir.
6042
6043 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6044 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6045
6046 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6047
6048 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6049 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6050 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6051 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6052 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6053 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6054
6055 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6056
6057 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Not documented
6059
6060 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6061
6062 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6063 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6064
6065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6066
6067 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6068 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6069
6070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6071
6072 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6073 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6074
6075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6076
6077 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6078 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6079 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6080 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6081
6082 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6085 Not documented
6086
6087 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6088
6089 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6090 Not documented
6091
6092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6093
6094 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6095 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6096
6097 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6098
6099 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6100 Not documented
6101
6102 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6103
6104 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6105 Not documented
6106
6107 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6108
6109 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6110 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6111
6112 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6113
6114 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6115 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6116 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6117 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6118 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6119 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6120 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6121 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6122 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6123
6124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6127 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6128 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6129 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6130 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6131 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6132 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6133 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6134
6135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6138 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6139 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6140 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6141 and new hard links are made in that directory
6142 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6143 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6144 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6145
6146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6147
6148 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6149 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6150 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6151 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6152 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6153 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6154 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6155
6156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6157
6158 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6159 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6160
6161 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6162 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6163 file if none are marked.
6164
6165 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6166 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6167 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6168 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6169
6170 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6171 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6172
6173 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6176 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6177 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6178
6179 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6180
6181 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6182 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6183 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6184
6185 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6186
6187 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6188 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6189 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6190
6191 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6194 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6195
6196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6199 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6200
6201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6204 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6205 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6206 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6207 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6208 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6209 this subdirectory.
6210 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6211
6212 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6213
6214 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6215 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6216 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6217 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6218 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6219 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6220 this subdirectory.
6221 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6222
6223 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6224
6225 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6226 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6227 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6228
6229 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6230
6231 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6232 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6233 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6234 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6235
6236 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6239 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6240 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6241 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6242
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6246 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6247 Lower levels are unaffected.
6248
6249 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6250
6251 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6252 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6253
6254 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6255
6256 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6257 Go down in the dired tree.
6258
6259 \(fn)" t nil)
6260
6261 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6262 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6263 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6264 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6265
6266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6269 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6270 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6271 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6272
6273 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6274
6275 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6276 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6277 Stops when a match is found.
6278 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6279
6280 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6281
6282 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6283 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6284 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6285 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6286 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6287
6288 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6289
6290 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6291 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6292 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6293 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6294
6295 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6296
6297 ;;;***
6298 \f
6299 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16246 41969))
6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6301
6302 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6303 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6304 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6305 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6306 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6307 buffer and try again.
6308
6309 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6310
6311 ;;;***
6312 \f
6313 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16211 27015))
6314 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6315
6316 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6317 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6318 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6319
6320 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6321
6322 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6323 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6324
6325 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6326 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6327
6328 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6329
6330 ;;;***
6331 \f
6332 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16211
6333 ;;;;;; 27025))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6335
6336 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6337 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6338 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6339 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6340 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6341 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6342
6343 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6344
6345 ;;;***
6346 \f
6347 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6348 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6349 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6350 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6351 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16286 45076))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6353
6354 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6355 Return a new, empty display table.
6356
6357 \(fn)" nil nil)
6358
6359 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6360 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6361 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6362 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6363 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6364
6365 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6366
6367 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6368 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6369 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6370 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6371 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6372
6373 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6374
6375 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6376 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6377
6378 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6379
6380 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6381 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6382
6383 \(fn)" t nil)
6384
6385 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6386 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6387
6388 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6389
6390 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6391 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6392
6393 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6394
6395 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6396 Display character C using printable string S.
6397
6398 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6399
6400 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6401 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6402 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6403 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6404
6405 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6406
6407 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6408 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6409 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6410 X frame.
6411
6412 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6413
6414 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6415 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6416
6417 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6418
6419 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6420 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6421
6422 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6423
6424 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6425 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6426
6427 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6428 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6429 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6430 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6431
6432 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6433 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6434 European character display.
6435
6436 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6437 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6438 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6439 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6440
6441 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6442 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6443 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6444 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6445 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6446
6447 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6448
6449 ;;;***
6450 \f
6451 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6452 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
6453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6454
6455 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6456 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6457 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6458 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6459 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6460 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6461 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6462 Default is 2.
6463
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16211 27038))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6470
6471 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6472 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6473
6474 \(fn)" t nil)
6475
6476 ;;;***
6477 \f
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6479 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6481
6482 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6483 Toggle Double mode.
6484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6485 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6486
6487 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6488
6489 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6490 Toggle Double mode.
6491 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6492
6493 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6494 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6495
6496 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6497
6498 ;;;***
6499 \f
6500 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16211 27038))
6501 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6502
6503 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6504 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6505
6506 \(fn)" t nil)
6507
6508 ;;;***
6509 \f
6510 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6511 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
6512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6513
6514 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6515 Play sounds in message buffers.
6516
6517 \(fn)" t nil)
6518
6519 ;;;***
6520 \f
6521 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6522 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6523 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16309 31935))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6525
6526 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6527
6528 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6529 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6530 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6531 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6532
6533 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6534 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6535 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6536 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6537 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6538 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6539 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6540 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6541 used (see below).
6542
6543 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6544 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6545 Before the actual body code, you can write
6546 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6547 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6548 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6549 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6550 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6551 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6552 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6553 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6554 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6555 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6556 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6557
6558 For example, you could write
6559 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6560 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6561 ...BODY CODE...)
6562
6563 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6564
6565 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6566 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6567 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6568 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6569 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6570 :group to specify the custom group.
6571
6572 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6573
6574 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6575 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6576 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6577 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6578 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6579 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6580 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6581
6582 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6583
6584 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Not documented
6586
6587 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6588
6589 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6590 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6591 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6592
6593 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6594
6595 ;;;***
6596 \f
6597 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6598 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16211
6599 ;;;;;; 27026))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6601
6602 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6603
6604 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6605 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6606
6607 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6608 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6609 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6610
6611 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6612 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6613
6614 :filter FUNCTION
6615
6616 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6617 menu displayed.
6618
6619 :visible INCLUDE
6620
6621 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6622 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6623
6624 :active ENABLE
6625
6626 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6627 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6628
6629 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6630
6631 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6632
6633 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6634
6635 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6636 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6637
6638 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6639 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6640
6641 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6642
6643 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6644
6645 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6646
6647 :keys KEYS
6648
6649 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6650 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6651 computed automatically.
6652 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6653
6654 :key-sequence KEYS
6655
6656 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6657 menu item.
6658 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6659 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6660 keyboard equivalent.
6661
6662 :active ENABLE
6663
6664 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6665 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6666
6667 :included INCLUDE
6668
6669 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6670 expression has a non-nil value.
6671
6672 :suffix FORM
6673
6674 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6675 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6676
6677 :style STYLE
6678
6679 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6680 defined:
6681
6682 toggle: A checkbox.
6683 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6684 radio: A radio button.
6685 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6686 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6687 menu bar itself.
6688 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6689
6690 :selected SELECTED
6691
6692 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6693 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6694
6695 :help HELP
6696
6697 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6698
6699 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6700 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6701 as a solid horizontal line.
6702
6703 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6704
6705 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6706
6707 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6708 Not documented
6709
6710 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6711
6712 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6713 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6714 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6715 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6716
6717 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6718
6719 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6720 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6721 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6722 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6723 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6724 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6725
6726 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6727 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6728 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6729
6730 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6731 to implement dynamic menus.
6732
6733 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6734
6735 ;;;***
6736 \f
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6738 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6739 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6740 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6741 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16211 27039))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6743
6744 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6745 Customization for ebnf group.
6746
6747 \(fn)" t nil)
6748
6749 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6750 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6751
6752 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6753 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6754 it to the printer.
6755
6756 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6757 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6758 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6759 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6760
6761 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6762
6763 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6764 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6765 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6766
6767 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6768
6769 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6770 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6771 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6772 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6773
6774 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6775
6776 \(fn)" t nil)
6777
6778 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6779 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6780 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6781
6782 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6783
6784 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6785
6786 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6787 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6788
6789 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6790 The EPS file name has the following form:
6791
6792 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6793
6794 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6795 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6796
6797 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6798 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6799 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6800 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6801
6802 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6803
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6805
6806 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6808
6809 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6810 The EPS file name has the following form:
6811
6812 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6813
6814 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6815 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6816
6817 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6818 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6819 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6820 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6821
6822 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6823
6824 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6825
6826 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6827
6828 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6829 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6830
6831 \(fn)" t nil)
6832
6833 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6834 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6835
6836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6837
6838 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6839 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6840
6841 \(fn)" nil nil)
6842
6843 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6844 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6845
6846 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6847
6848 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6849 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6850
6851 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6852
6853 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6854 Set STYLE to current style.
6855
6856 It returns the old style symbol.
6857
6858 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6859
6860 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6861 Reset current style.
6862
6863 It returns the old style symbol.
6864
6865 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6866
6867 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6868 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6869
6870 It returns the old style symbol.
6871
6872 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6873
6874 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6875 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6876
6877 It returns the old style symbol.
6878
6879 \(fn)" t nil)
6880
6881 ;;;***
6882 \f
6883 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6884 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6885 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6886 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6887 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6888 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6889 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6890 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6891 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6892 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6893 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16233
6894 ;;;;;; 59013))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6896
6897 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6898 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6899 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6900 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6901 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6902 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6903
6904 Tree mode key bindings:
6905 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6906
6907 \(fn)" t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6910 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6911
6912 \(fn)" t nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6915 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6916
6917 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6918
6919 \(fn)" nil nil)
6920
6921 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6922 View declaration of member at point.
6923
6924 \(fn)" t nil)
6925
6926 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6927 Find declaration of member at point.
6928
6929 \(fn)" t nil)
6930
6931 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6932 View definition of member at point.
6933
6934 \(fn)" t nil)
6935
6936 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6937 Find definition of member at point.
6938
6939 \(fn)" t nil)
6940
6941 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6942 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6943
6944 \(fn)" t nil)
6945
6946 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6947 View definition of member at point in other window.
6948
6949 \(fn)" t nil)
6950
6951 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6952 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6953
6954 \(fn)" t nil)
6955
6956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6957 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6958
6959 \(fn)" t nil)
6960
6961 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6962 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6963
6964 \(fn)" t nil)
6965
6966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6967 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6968
6969 \(fn)" t nil)
6970
6971 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6972 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6973 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6974 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6975 completion.
6976
6977 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6978
6979 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6980 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6981 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6982 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6983
6984 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6985
6986 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6987 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6988 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6989 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6990
6991 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6992
6993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6994 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6995 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6996
6997 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6998
6999 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7000 Search for call sites of a member.
7001 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7002 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7003 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7004 looks like a function call to the member.
7005
7006 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7007
7008 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7009 Move backward in the position stack.
7010 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7011
7012 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7013
7014 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7015 Move forward in the position stack.
7016 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7017
7018 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7021 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7022
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7026 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7027
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7029
7030 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7031 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7032 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7033 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7034
7035 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7036
7037 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7038 Display statistics for a class tree.
7039
7040 \(fn)" t nil)
7041
7042 ;;;***
7043 \f
7044 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7045 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7046 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7047
7048 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7049 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7050 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7051 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7052
7053 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7054 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7055 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7056
7057 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7058 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7059 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7060
7061 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7062
7063 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7064
7065 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7066
7067 ;;;***
7068 \f
7069 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7070 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16211 27015))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7072
7073 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7074 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7075 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7076
7077 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7078
7079 ;;;***
7080 \f
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7082 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16277 42320))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7084
7085 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7086 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7087 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7088 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7089 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7090
7091 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7092 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7093 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7094 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7095
7096 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7097
7098 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7099 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7100 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7101 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7102
7103 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7104
7105 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7106 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7107 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7108 \(naming a function), or a list.
7109
7110 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7111
7112 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7113
7114 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7115 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7116 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7117 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7118 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7119
7120 If you do this on a function definition
7121 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7122 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7123 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7124 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7125
7126 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7127 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7128 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7129 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7130 already is one.)
7131
7132 \(fn)" t nil)
7133
7134 ;;;***
7135 \f
7136 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7137 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7138 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7139 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7140 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7141 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7142 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7143 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7144 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7145 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16271 3439))
7146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7147
7148 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7149 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7150
7151 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7154 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7155
7156 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7157
7158 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7159
7160 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7161
7162 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7163 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7164 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7165 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7166
7167 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7170 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7171
7172 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7173
7174 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7175
7176 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7177 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7178
7179 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7180
7181 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7182
7183 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7184 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7185 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7186 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7187
7188 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7189
7190 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7191
7192 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7193 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7194 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7195 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7196
7197 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7198
7199 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7200
7201 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7202 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7203 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7204 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7205
7206 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7207
7208 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7209
7210 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7211 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7212 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7213 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7214
7215 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7216
7217 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7218
7219 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7220 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7221 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7222 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7223 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7224 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7225
7226 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7227
7228 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7229 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7230 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7231 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7232
7233 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7234
7235 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7236
7237 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7238 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7239 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7240 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7241
7242 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7243
7244 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7245
7246 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7247
7248 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7249 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7250 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7251 follows:
7252 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7253 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7254
7255 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7258 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7259 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7260 follows:
7261 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7262 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7263
7264 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7267 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7268 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7269 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7270 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7271 region.
7272 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7273 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7274
7275 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7276
7277 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7278 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7279 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7280 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7281 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7282 region.
7283 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7284 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7285 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7286
7287 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7288
7289 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7290
7291 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7292 Merge two files without ancestor.
7293
7294 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7295
7296 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7297 Merge two files with ancestor.
7298
7299 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7300
7301 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7302
7303 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7304 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7305
7306 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7309 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7310
7311 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7314 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7315 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7316 buffer.
7317
7318 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7319
7320 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7321 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7322 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7323 buffer.
7324
7325 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7328 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7329 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7330 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7331
7332 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7335 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7336 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7337 and don't ask the user.
7338 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7339 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7340
7341 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7344 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7345 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7346 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7347 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7348 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7349
7350 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7351
7352 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7353
7354 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7355
7356 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7357 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7358 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7359 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7360 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7361
7362 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7363
7364 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7365
7366 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7367 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7368 When called interactively, displays the version.
7369
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7373 Display Ediff's manual.
7374 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7375
7376 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7377
7378 ;;;***
7379 \f
7380 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7381 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7383
7384 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7385 Not documented
7386
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7388
7389 ;;;***
7390 \f
7391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16211 27015))
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7393
7394 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7395 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7396
7397 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7398
7399 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7400
7401 ;;;***
7402 \f
7403 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7404 ;;;;;; (16271 3441))
7405 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7406
7407 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7408 Display Ediff's registry.
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7413
7414 ;;;***
7415 \f
7416 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7417 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16271 3439))
7418 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7419
7420 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7421 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7422 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7423 which see.
7424
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7428 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7429 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7430 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7431
7432 \(fn)" t nil)
7433
7434 ;;;***
7435 \f
7436 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7437 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7438 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7439 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7440
7441 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7442 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7443 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7444
7445 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7446 Edit a keyboard macro.
7447 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7448 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7449 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7450 its command name.
7451 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7452
7453 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7456 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7457
7458 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7461 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7462
7463 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7466 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7467 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7468 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7469 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7470 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7471
7472 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7473 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7474 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7475 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7476
7477 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7480 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7481 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7482 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7483 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7484 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7485
7486 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7487
7488 ;;;***
7489 \f
7490 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7491 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16211 27026))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7493
7494 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7495 Set scroll margins.
7496 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7497 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7498
7499 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7500
7501 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7502 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7503
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7505
7506 ;;;***
7507 \f
7508 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7509 ;;;;;; (16211 27015))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7511
7512 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7513 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7514 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7515 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7516 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7517 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7518 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7519 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7520
7521 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7522 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7523
7524 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7525 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7526 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7527 this value is non-nil.
7528
7529 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7530 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7531 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7532
7533 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7534 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7535 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7536
7537 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7538
7539 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7540 Not documented
7541
7542 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7543
7544 ;;;***
7545 \f
7546 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7547 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16218 6703))
7548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7549
7550 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7551 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7552
7553 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7554
7555 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7556 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7557 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7558
7559 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7560 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7561 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7562 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7563 from the documentation string if possible.
7564
7565 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7566 instead.
7567
7568 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7569
7570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7571
7572 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7573 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7574
7575 \(fn)" t nil)
7576
7577 ;;;***
7578 \f
7579 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16211
7580 ;;;;;; 27015))
7581 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7582
7583 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7584 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7585
7586 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7587 an elided material again.
7588
7589 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7590
7591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7592
7593 ;;;***
7594 \f
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7596 ;;;;;; (16276 26334))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7598
7599 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7600 Initialize elint.
7601
7602 \(fn)" t nil)
7603
7604 ;;;***
7605 \f
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7607 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16211
7608 ;;;;;; 27026))
7609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7610
7611 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7612 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7613 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7614
7615 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7616
7617 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7618 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7619 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7620
7621 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7622
7623 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7624 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7625 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7626
7627 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7628
7629 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7630
7631 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7632 Display current profiling results.
7633 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7634 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7635 displayed.
7636
7637 \(fn)" t nil)
7638
7639 ;;;***
7640 \f
7641 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7642 ;;;;;; (16256 53161))
7643 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7644
7645 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7646 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7647 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7648
7649 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7650
7651 ;;;***
7652 \f
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7654 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7655 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7656 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7657 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16211 27015))
7658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7659
7660 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7661 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7662 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7663 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7664 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7665 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7666 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7667 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7668 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7669 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7670 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7671 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7672 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7673 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7674 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7675 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7676
7677 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7678 Run Emerge on two files.
7679
7680 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7681
7682 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7683 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7684
7685 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7686
7687 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7688 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7689
7690 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7691
7692 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7693 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7694
7695 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7698 Not documented
7699
7700 \(fn)" nil nil)
7701
7702 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7703 Not documented
7704
7705 \(fn)" nil nil)
7706
7707 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7708 Not documented
7709
7710 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7711
7712 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7713 Not documented
7714
7715 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7716
7717 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7718 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7719
7720 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7721
7722 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7723 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7724
7725 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7726
7727 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7728 Not documented
7729
7730 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7731
7732 ;;;***
7733 \f
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7735 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7737
7738 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7739 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7740 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7742 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7743
7744 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7745
7746 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7747 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7748 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7749
7750 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7751 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7752 automatically.
7753
7754 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7755 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7756 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7757
7758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7759
7760 ;;;***
7761 \f
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7763 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16211 27043))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7765
7766 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7767 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7768 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7769 text/enriched format.
7770 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7771
7772 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7773 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7774
7775 Commands:
7776
7777 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7778
7779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7782 Not documented
7783
7784 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7785
7786 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7787 Not documented
7788
7789 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7790
7791 ;;;***
7792 \f
7793 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16211
7794 ;;;;;; 27027))
7795 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7796
7797 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7798 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7799
7800 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7801
7802 \(fn)" nil nil)
7803
7804 ;;;***
7805 \f
7806 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16211
7807 ;;;;;; 27027))
7808 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7809
7810 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7811 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7812
7813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7814
7815 ;;;***
7816 \f
7817 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7818 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16211 27027))
7819 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7820
7821 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7822 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7823 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7824 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7825 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7826 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7827 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7828 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7829 buffer selected (or created).
7830
7831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7832
7833 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7834 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7835 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7836
7837 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7838
7839 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7840 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7841 The result might be any Lisp object.
7842 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7843 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7844 corresponding to a successful execution.
7845
7846 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7847
7848 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7849 Report a bug in Eshell.
7850 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7851 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7852
7853 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7854
7855 ;;;***
7856 \f
7857 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7858 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7859 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7860 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7861 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7862 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7863 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16211
7864 ;;;;;; 27039))
7865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7866
7867 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7868 *File name of tags table.
7869 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7870 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7871 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7872 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7873
7874 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7875 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7876 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7877 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7878
7879 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7880
7881 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7882 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7883 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7884 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7885 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7886 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7887
7888 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7889
7890 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7891 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7892 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7893 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7894 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7895 `auto-compression-mode').")
7896
7897 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7898
7899 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7900 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7901 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7902 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7903 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7904
7905 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7906
7907 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7908 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7909 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7910 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7911
7912 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7913
7914 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7915 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7916 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7917 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7918 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7919
7920 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7921
7922 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7923 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7924 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7925 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7926
7927 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7928 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7929 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7930 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7931 file the tag was in.
7932
7933 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7934
7935 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7936 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7937 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7938 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7939 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7940 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7941 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7942 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7943 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7944
7945 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7946
7947 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7948 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7949 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7950 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7951 without directory names.
7952
7953 \(fn)" nil nil)
7954
7955 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7956 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7957 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7958 but does not select the buffer.
7959 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7960
7961 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7962 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7963 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7964 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7965 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7966
7967 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7968
7969 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7970 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7971 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7972
7973 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7974
7975 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7976
7977 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7978 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7979 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7980 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7981
7982 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7983 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7984 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7985 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7986 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7987
7988 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7989
7990 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7991 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7992 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7993
7994 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7995
7996 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7997 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7998
7999 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8000 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8001 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8002 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8003 around or before point.
8004
8005 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8006 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8007 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8008 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8009 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8010
8011 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8012
8013 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8014 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8015 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8016
8017 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8018
8019 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8020 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8021
8022 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8023 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8024 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8025 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8026 around or before point.
8027
8028 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8029 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8030 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8031 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8032 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8033
8034 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8035
8036 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8037 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8038 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8039
8040 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8041
8042 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8043 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8046 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8047 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8048
8049 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8050 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8051 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8052 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8053 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8054
8055 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8056
8057 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8058 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8059 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8060
8061 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8062
8063 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8064 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8065 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8066
8067 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8068 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8069
8070 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8071 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8072 where they were found.
8073
8074 \(fn)" t nil)
8075
8076 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8077 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8078
8079 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8080 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8081 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8082
8083 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8084 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8085
8086 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8087 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8088
8089 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8090
8091 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8092 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8093 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8094 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8095
8096 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8097 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8098 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8099 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8100 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8101
8102 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8103 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8106 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8107 Stops when a match is found.
8108 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8109
8110 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8111
8112 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8113
8114 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8115 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8116 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8117 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8118 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8119
8120 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8121
8122 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8125 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8126 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8127 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8128 directory specification.
8129
8130 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8133 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8134
8135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8138 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8139 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8140 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8141
8142 \(fn)" t nil)
8143
8144 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8145 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8146 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8147 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8148 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8149
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8151
8152 ;;;***
8153 \f
8154 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8155 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8156 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8157 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8158 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8159 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8160 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8161 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16211 27033))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8163
8164 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8165 Not documented
8166
8167 \(fn)" nil nil)
8168
8169 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8170 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8171 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8172 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8173
8174 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8175 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8176 language.
8177
8178 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8179 even if the buffer is read-only.
8180
8181 See also the descriptions of the variables
8182 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8183 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8184
8185 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8186
8187 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8188 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8189
8190 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8191 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8192
8193 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8194 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8195 language.
8196
8197 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8198 buffer is read-only.
8199
8200 See also the descriptions of the variables
8201 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8202 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8203
8204 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8205
8206 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8207 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8208 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8209
8210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8211
8212 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8213 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8214
8215 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8216 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8217
8218 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8219 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8220
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8222
8223 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8224 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8225 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8226 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8227
8228 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8231 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8232 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8233 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8234
8235 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8236 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8237 the primary language.
8238
8239 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8240 buffer is read-only.
8241
8242 See also the descriptions of the variables
8243 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8244 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8245
8246 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8247
8248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8249 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8250 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8251 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8252
8253 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8254 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8255 primary language.
8256
8257 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8258 buffer is read-only.
8259
8260 See also the descriptions of the variables
8261 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8262 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8263
8264 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8267 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8268 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8269
8270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8273 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8274
8275 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8276 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8277 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8278 3) convert the body into SERA.
8279
8280 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8281
8282 \(fn)" t nil)
8283
8284 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8285 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8286 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8287
8288 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8291 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8292
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8296 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8297
8298 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8299 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8300 be 1, 2, or 3.
8301
8302 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8303 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8304 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8305
8306 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8307
8308 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8309
8310 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8311 Allow the user to input special characters.
8312
8313 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8316 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8317 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8318
8319 \(fn)" t nil)
8320
8321 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8322 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8323
8324 \(fn)" t nil)
8325
8326 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8327 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8328
8329 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8330 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8331
8332 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8333 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8334
8335 \(fn)" nil nil)
8336
8337 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8338 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8339
8340 \(fn)" nil nil)
8341
8342 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8343 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8344
8345 \(fn)" nil nil)
8346
8347 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8348 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8349
8350 \(fn)" nil nil)
8351
8352 ;;;***
8353 \f
8354 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8355 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8356 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8358
8359 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8360 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8361 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8362 server for future sessions.
8363
8364 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8367 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8368
8369 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8372 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8373
8374 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8375
8376 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8377 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8378 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8379 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8380 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8381 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8382 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8383 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8384 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8385 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8386 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8387 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8388
8389 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8390
8391 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8392 Display a form to query the directory server.
8393 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8394 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8395
8396 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8399 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8400 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8401
8402 \(fn)" t nil)
8403
8404 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8405
8406 ;;;***
8407 \f
8408 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8409 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8410 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16211 27037))
8411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8412
8413 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8414 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8415
8416 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8419 Display URL and make it clickable.
8420
8421 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8422
8423 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8424 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8425
8426 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8427
8428 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8429 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8430
8431 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8432
8433 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8434 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8435
8436 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8437
8438 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8439 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8440
8441 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8442
8443 ;;;***
8444 \f
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8446 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16211 27037))
8447 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8448
8449 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8450 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8451 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8452
8453 \(fn)" t nil)
8454
8455 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8456 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8457
8458 \(fn)" t nil)
8459
8460 ;;;***
8461 \f
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8463 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
8464 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8465
8466 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8467 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8468
8469 \(fn)" t nil)
8470
8471 ;;;***
8472 \f
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8474 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8475 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16211 27039))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8477
8478 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8479 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8480 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8481
8482 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8483
8484 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8485 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8486 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8487 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8488 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8489 executable.
8490
8491 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8492
8493 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8494 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8495 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8496
8497 \(fn)" t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8500 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8501 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8502 file modes.
8503
8504 \(fn)" nil nil)
8505
8506 ;;;***
8507 \f
8508 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8509 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16211 27015))
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8511
8512 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8513 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8514 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8515 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8516
8517 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8518
8519 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8520 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8521 to generate such functions.
8522
8523 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8524 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8525 beginning of the expanded text.
8526
8527 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8528 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8529 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8530 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8531
8532 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8533
8534 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8535
8536 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8537 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8538 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8539
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8543 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8544 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8545
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8548 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8549
8550 ;;;***
8551 \f
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16211 27039))
8553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8554
8555 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8556 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8557 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8558
8559 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8560 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8561 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8562
8563 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8564
8565 Key definitions:
8566 \\{f90-mode-map}
8567
8568 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8569
8570 `f90-do-indent'
8571 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8572 `f90-if-indent'
8573 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8574 `f90-type-indent'
8575 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8576 `f90-program-indent'
8577 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8578 (default 2).
8579 `f90-continuation-indent'
8580 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8581 `f90-comment-region'
8582 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8583 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8584 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8585 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8586 (default \"!\").
8587 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8588 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8589 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8590 `f90-break-delimiters'
8591 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8592 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8593 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8594 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8595 (default t).
8596 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8597 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8598 `f90-smart-end'
8599 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8600 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8601 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8602 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8603 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8604 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8605 `f90-leave-line-no'
8606 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8607 `f90-keywords-re'
8608 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8609
8610 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8611 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8612
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8614
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8618 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8619 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8620 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8621 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16211 27015))
8622 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8623 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8624 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8625
8626 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8627 Menu keymap for faces.")
8628
8629 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8630
8631 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8632 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8633
8634 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8635
8636 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8637 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8638
8639 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8640
8641 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8642 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8643
8644 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8645
8646 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8647 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8648
8649 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8650
8651 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8652 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8653
8654 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8655
8656 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8657 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8658
8659 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8660
8661 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8662
8663 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8664
8665 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8666
8667 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8668 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8669 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8670 will not show through at all will be removed.
8671
8672 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8673
8674 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8675 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8676 requested face.
8677
8678 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8679 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8680 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8681
8682 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8683
8684 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8685 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8686 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8687
8688 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8689 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8690 requested face.
8691
8692 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8693 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8694 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8695
8696 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8697
8698 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8699 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8700 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8701
8702 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8703 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8704 requested face.
8705
8706 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8707 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8708 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8709
8710 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8711
8712 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8713 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8714 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8715 is the menu item's name.
8716
8717 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8718 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8719 requested face.
8720
8721 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8722 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8723 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8724
8725 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8726
8727 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8728 Make the region invisible.
8729 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8730 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8731
8732 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8733
8734 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8735 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8736 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8737 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8738
8739 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8740
8741 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8742 Make the region unmodifiable.
8743 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8744 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8745
8746 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8747
8748 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8749 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8750
8751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8752
8753 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8754 Remove all text properties from the region.
8755
8756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8757
8758 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8759 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8760 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8761
8762 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8763
8764 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8765 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8766
8767 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8768
8769 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8770 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8771 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8772 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8773 of colors that the current display can handle.
8774
8775 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8776
8777 ;;;***
8778 \f
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8780 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16211 27015))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8782
8783 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8784 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8785 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8786 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8787
8788 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8789
8790 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8791 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8792 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8793
8794 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8795 - When you save the file's buffer.
8796 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8797 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8798 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8799 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8800
8801 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8802
8803 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8804 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8805 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8806 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8807
8808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8809
8810 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8811 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8812
8813 \(fn)" nil nil)
8814
8815 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8816
8817 ;;;***
8818 \f
8819 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8820 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8821 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16211 27033))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8823
8824 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8825 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8826 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8827 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8828
8829 \(fn)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8832 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8833
8834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8835
8836 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8837 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8838 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8839 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8840
8841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8842
8843 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8844 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8845 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8846 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8847 backup file names and the like).
8848
8849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8850
8851 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8852 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8853 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8854 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8855 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8856 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8857 internally by feedmail):
8858
8859 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8860 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8861 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8862 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8863
8864 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8865 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8866 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8867 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8868 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8869
8870 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8871
8872 ;;;***
8873 \f
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8875 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16252 34051))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8877
8878 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8879 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8880 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8881 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8882 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8883 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8884 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8885
8886 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8887
8888 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8889 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8890 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8891 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8892 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8893 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8894 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8895
8896 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8897
8898 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8899
8900 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8901
8902 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8903 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8904 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8905 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8906 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8907 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8908
8909 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8910
8911 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8912 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8913 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8914 Return value:
8915 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8916 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8917 * otherwise, nil
8918
8919 \(fn E)" t nil)
8920
8921 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8922 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8923
8924 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8925
8926 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8927 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8928
8929 \(fn)" t nil)
8930
8931 ;;;***
8932 \f
8933 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8934 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8936
8937 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8938 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8939 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8940 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8941 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8942 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8943 \(directories) is done.
8944
8945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8946 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8947 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8948 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8949
8950 ;;;***
8951 \f
8952 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8953 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16211 27016))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8955
8956 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8957 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8958 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8959 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8960 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8961
8962 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8963
8964 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8965 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8966 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8967 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8968
8969 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8970
8971 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8972 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8973 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8974
8975 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8976
8977 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8978 as the final argument.
8979
8980 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8981
8982 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8983 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8984 and run dired on those files.
8985 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8986 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8987
8988 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8989
8990 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8991
8992 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8993 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8994 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8995
8996 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8997
8998 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8999
9000 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9005 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9006 ;;;;;; (16247 2100))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9008
9009 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9010 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9011 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
9012 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9013 construct.")
9014
9015 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9016 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9017 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9018
9019 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9020
9021 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9022
9023 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9024
9025 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9026 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9027 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9028
9029 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9030 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9031
9032 Variables of interest include:
9033
9034 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9035 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9036 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9037
9038 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9039 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9040 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9041
9042 - `ff-ignore-include'
9043 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9044
9045 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9046 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9047
9048 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9049 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9050
9051 - `ff-special-constructs'
9052 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9053 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9054 extracting the filename from that construct.
9055
9056 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9057 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9058
9059 - `ff-search-directories'
9060 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9061 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9062
9063 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9064 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9065
9066 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9067 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9068
9069 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9070 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9071
9072 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9073 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9074
9075 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9076 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9077
9078 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9079
9080 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9081 Visit the file you click on.
9082
9083 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9084
9085 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9086 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9087
9088 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9089
9090 ;;;***
9091 \f
9092 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9093 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9094 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9095 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9096 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9097 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16211 27026))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9099
9100 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9101 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9102
9103 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9106 Search for SYMBOL.
9107 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9108 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9109
9110 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9111
9112 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9113 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9114
9115 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9116 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9117 not selected.
9118
9119 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9120 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9121 in `load-path'.
9122
9123 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9124
9125 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9126 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9127
9128 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9129 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9130 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9131 it is one of the current buffers.
9132
9133 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9134 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9135 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9136
9137 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9138
9139 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9140 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9141
9142 See `find-function' for more details.
9143
9144 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9145
9146 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9147 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9148
9149 See `find-function' for more details.
9150
9151 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9152
9153 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9154 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9155
9156 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9157 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9158 not selected.
9159
9160 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9161 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9162
9163 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9164
9165 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9166 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9167
9168 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9169 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9170 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9171 it is one of the current buffers.
9172
9173 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9174 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9175 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9176
9177 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9178
9179 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9180 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9181
9182 See `find-variable' for more details.
9183
9184 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9185
9186 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9187 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9188
9189 See `find-variable' for more details.
9190
9191 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9192
9193 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9194 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9195 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9196
9197 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9198
9199 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9200 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9201
9202 \(fn)" t nil)
9203
9204 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9205 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9206
9207 \(fn)" t nil)
9208
9209 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9210 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9211
9212 \(fn)" nil nil)
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9217 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16211 27016))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9219
9220 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9221 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9222
9223 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9224
9225 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9226 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9227
9228 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9229
9230 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9231 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9232
9233 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9234
9235 ;;;***
9236 \f
9237 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9238 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16235 4766))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9240
9241 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9242 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9243
9244 \(fn)" t nil)
9245
9246 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9247 Display FILE's commentary section.
9248 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9249
9250 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9251
9252 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9253 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9254
9255 \(fn)" t nil)
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9260 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16211 27016))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9262
9263 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9264 Toggle flow control handling.
9265 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9266 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9267
9268 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9269
9270 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9271 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9272 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9273 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9274 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9275 to get the effect of a C-q.
9276
9277 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9278
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9282 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9283 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16211 27043))
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9285
9286 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9287 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9288 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9289
9290 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9291
9292 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9293 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9294
9295 \(fn)" t nil)
9296
9297 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9298
9299 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9300
9301 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9302 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9303 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9304 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9305 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9306 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9307
9308 Bindings:
9309 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9310 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9311 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9312
9313 Hooks:
9314 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9315
9316 Remark:
9317 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9318 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9319 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9320
9321 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9322 consider adding:
9323 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9324 in your .emacs file.
9325
9326 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9327 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9328
9329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9330
9331 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9332
9333 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9334 The flyspell version
9335
9336 \(fn)" t nil)
9337
9338 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9339 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9340
9341 \(fn)" nil nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9344 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9345
9346 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9347
9348 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9349 Flyspell whole buffer.
9350
9351 \(fn)" t nil)
9352
9353 ;;;***
9354 \f
9355 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9356 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9357 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9359
9360 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9361 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9362
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9366 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9367
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9369
9370 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9371 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9372
9373 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9374 of two major techniques:
9375
9376 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9377 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9378 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9379
9380 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9381 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9382 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9383 movement commands.
9384
9385 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9386 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9387 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9388 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9389 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9390 mileage may vary).
9391
9392 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9393 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9394
9395 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9396
9397 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9398 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9399 \(This is the default.)
9400
9401 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9402 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9403
9404 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9405 \\{follow-mode-map}
9406
9407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9410 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9411
9412 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9413 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9414 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9415 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9416 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9417 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9418
9419 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9420 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9421 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9422
9423 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9424 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9425 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9426
9427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9428
9429 ;;;***
9430 \f
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9432 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9433 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16211 27016))
9434 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9435
9436 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9437 Not documented
9438
9439 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9440
9441 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9442 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9443 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9444 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9445 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9446 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9447 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9448 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9449 end of the current highlighting list.
9450
9451 For example:
9452
9453 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9454 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9455 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9456
9457 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9458 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9459
9460 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9461 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9462 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9463
9464 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9465 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9466 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9467
9468 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9469
9470 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9471 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9472
9473 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9474 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9475
9476 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9477 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9478 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9479
9480 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9481
9482 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9483 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9484
9485 \(fn)" t nil)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16211
9490 ;;;;;; 27033))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9492
9493 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9494 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9495 \\<message-mode-map>
9496 key binding
9497 --- -------
9498
9499 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9500 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9501 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9502 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9503 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9504 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9505
9506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9507
9508 ;;;***
9509 \f
9510 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9511 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16211 27016))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9513
9514 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9515 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9516
9517 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9518 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9519 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9520 C-c < forms-first-record <
9521 C-c > forms-last-record >
9522 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9523 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9524 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9525 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9526 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9527 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9528 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9529 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9530 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9531 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9532
9533 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9534
9535 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9536 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9537
9538 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9539
9540 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9541 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9542
9543 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9544
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9548 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16211 27039))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9550
9551 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9552 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9553 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9554 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9555 with a character in column 6.")
9556
9557 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9558
9559 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9560 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9561 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9562
9563 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9564 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9565
9566 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9567
9568 Key definitions:
9569 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9570
9571 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9572
9573 `comment-start'
9574 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9575 `fortran-do-indent'
9576 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9577 `fortran-if-indent'
9578 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9579 `fortran-structure-indent'
9580 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9581 (default 3)
9582 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9583 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9584 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9585 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9586 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9587 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9588 nil don't change the indentation
9589 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9590 value of either
9591 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9592 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9593 depending on the continuation format in use.
9594 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9595 indentation for a line of code.
9596 (default 'fixed)
9597 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9598 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9599 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9600 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9601 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9602 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9603 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9604 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9605 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9606 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9607 column 5.
9608 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9609 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9610 statements (default nil).
9611 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9612 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9613 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9614 `fortran-continuation-string'
9615 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9616 line (default \"$\").
9617 `fortran-comment-region'
9618 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9619 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9620 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9621 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9622 as typed (default t).
9623 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9624 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9625
9626 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9627 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9628
9629 \(fn)" t nil)
9630
9631 ;;;***
9632 \f
9633 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9634 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16211 27038))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9636
9637 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9638 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9639
9640 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9641 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9642
9643 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9644
9645 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9646 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9647
9648 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9649 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9650
9651 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9652
9653 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9654 Compile fortune file.
9655
9656 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9657 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9658
9659 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9660
9661 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9662 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9663
9664 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9665 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9666 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9667 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9668
9669 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9670
9671 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9672 Display a fortune cookie.
9673
9674 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9675 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9676 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9677 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9678
9679 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9680
9681 ;;;***
9682 \f
9683 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9684 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16271 3439))
9685 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9686
9687 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9688 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9689 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9690 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9691 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9692 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9693 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9694 fringe).
9695 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9696 it take real effect.
9697 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9698 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9699 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9700
9701 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9702
9703 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9704 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
9705
9706 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9707 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9708 `minimal' and `half'.
9709
9710 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9711 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9712 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9713 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9714 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9715 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9716 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9717 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9718 width of 0.
9719
9720 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9721 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
9722 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
9723 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
9724 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
9725
9726 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9727
9728 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9729 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
9730
9731 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9732 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9733 `minimal' and `half'.
9734
9735 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9736 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9737 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9738 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9739 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9740 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9741 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9742 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9743 width of 0.
9744
9745 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9746 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
9747 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
9748 `fringe-mode'.
9749
9750 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9751
9752 ;;;***
9753 \f
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16278 45828))
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9756
9757 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9758 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9759 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9760 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9761
9762 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9763 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9764 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9765
9766 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9767 GDB Toolbar
9768 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9769 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9770 |
9771 |
9772 |
9773 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9774 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9775 | (comint-mode)
9776 |
9777 |
9778 |
9779 |
9780 |
9781 |
9782 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9783 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9784 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9785 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9786 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9787 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9788
9789 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9790 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9791 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9792 in the GUD buffer.
9793
9794 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9795 screen.
9796
9797 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9798 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9799 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9800
9801 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9802
9803 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9804 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9805
9806 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9807
9808 ;;;***
9809 \f
9810 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9811 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9813
9814 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9815 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9816
9817 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9818 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9819
9820 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9821 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9822 function.
9823
9824 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9825 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9826 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9827 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9828 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9829 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9830
9831 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9832 Each keyword should be a string.
9833
9834 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9835 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9836
9837 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9838 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9839 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9840
9841 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9842
9843 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9844
9845 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9846
9847 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9848 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9849 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9850 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9851
9852 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9853 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9854
9855 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9856
9857 ;;;***
9858 \f
9859 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9860 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
9861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9862
9863 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9864 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9865 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9866 at places they belong to.
9867
9868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9869
9870 ;;;***
9871 \f
9872 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9873 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16211 27028))
9874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9875
9876 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9877 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9878
9879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9882 Read network news.
9883 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9884 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9885 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9886 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9887 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9888
9889 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9890
9891 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9892 Read news as a slave.
9893
9894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9895
9896 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9897 Pop up a frame to read news.
9898
9899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9902 Read network news.
9903 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9904 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9905 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9906
9907 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9908
9909 ;;;***
9910 \f
9911 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9912 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9913 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9915
9916 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9917 Start Gnus unplugged.
9918
9919 \(fn)" t nil)
9920
9921 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9922 Start Gnus plugged.
9923
9924 \(fn)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9927 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9928 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9929 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9930
9931 \(gnus-agentize)
9932
9933 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9934 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9935 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9936
9937 \(fn)" t nil)
9938
9939 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9940 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9941
9942 \(fn)" t nil)
9943
9944 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9945 Not documented
9946
9947 \(fn)" t nil)
9948
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9952 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9954
9955 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9956 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9957
9958 \(fn)" nil nil)
9959
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9965
9966 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9967 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9968
9969 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9970
9971 ;;;***
9972 \f
9973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9974 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16211
9975 ;;;;;; 27028))
9976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9977
9978 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9979 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9980
9981 Usage:
9982 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9983
9984 \(fn)" t nil)
9985
9986 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9987 Generate the cache active file.
9988
9989 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9990
9991 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9992 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9993
9994 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9995
9996 ;;;***
9997 \f
9998 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9999 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16211 27028))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
10001
10002 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
10003 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
10004 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
10005
10006 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10007
10008 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
10009 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
10010
10011 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
10012
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
10018
10019 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
10020
10021 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
10022 Run batched scoring.
10023 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
10024
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10026
10027 ;;;***
10028 \f
10029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
10030 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16211 27028))
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
10032
10033 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10034 Not documented
10035
10036 \(fn)" nil nil)
10037
10038 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
10039 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
10040
10041 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
10042
10043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10044
10045 ;;;***
10046 \f
10047 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
10048 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
10049 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10051
10052 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10053 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10054 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10055 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10056 group parameters.
10057
10058 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10059 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10060 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10061 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10062
10063 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10064 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10065 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10066 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10067 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10068 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10069 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10070 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10071 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10072 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10073
10074 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10075
10076 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10077 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10078 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10079
10080 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10081 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10082
10083 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10086 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10087 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10088
10089 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10090
10091 \(fn)" nil nil)
10092
10093 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10094 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10095 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10096
10097 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10098
10099 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10100 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10101 existing groups are considered.
10102
10103 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10104 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10105 returned.
10106
10107 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10108 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10109 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10110 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10111 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10112 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10113 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10114 clauses will be generated.
10115
10116 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10117 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10118 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10119 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10120 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10121 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10122
10123 For example, given the following group parameters:
10124
10125 nnml:mail.bar:
10126 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10127 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10128 nnml:mail.foo:
10129 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10130 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10131 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10132 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10133 nnml:mail.others:
10134 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10135
10136 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10137
10138 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10139 \"mail.bar\")
10140 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10141 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10142 \"mail.others\")
10143
10144 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10145
10146 ;;;***
10147 \f
10148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10149 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10151
10152 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10153 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10154 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10155
10156 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10157
10158 ;;;***
10159 \f
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16211
10161 ;;;;;; 27028))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10163
10164 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10165 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10166 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10167 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10168
10169 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10170
10171 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10172
10173 ;;;***
10174 \f
10175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10178
10179 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10180 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10181 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10182 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10183 part is ignored.
10184
10185 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10186 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10187 rather than using this function.
10188
10189 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10190
10191 ;;;***
10192 \f
10193 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10194 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10196
10197 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10198 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10199 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10200 for matching on group names.
10201
10202 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10203 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10204
10205 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10206
10207 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10208
10209 \(fn)" t nil)
10210
10211 ;;;***
10212 \f
10213 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10214 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10216
10217 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10218 Update the format specification near point.
10219
10220 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10221
10222 ;;;***
10223 \f
10224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10225 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16211 27028))
10226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10227
10228 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10229 Unload all Gnus features.
10230 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10231 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10232 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10233
10234 \(fn)" t nil)
10235
10236 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10237 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10238
10239 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10240
10241 ;;;***
10242 \f
10243 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10244 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
10245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10246
10247 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10248 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10249
10250 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10251
10252 ;;;***
10253 \f
10254 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16211 27038))
10255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10256
10257 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10258 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10259
10260 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10261 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10262 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10263
10264 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10265 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10266 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10267
10268 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10269 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10270
10271 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10272 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10273
10274 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10275
10276 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10277
10278 ;;;***
10279 \f
10280 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10281 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16211 27037))
10282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10283
10284 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10285 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10286 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10287 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10288 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10289
10290 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10293 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10294 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10295 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10296 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10297
10298 \(fn)" t nil)
10299
10300 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10301 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10302 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10303 or to send e-mail.
10304 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10305
10306 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10307 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10308
10309 \(fn)" t nil)
10310
10311 ;;;***
10312 \f
10313 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16211 27016))
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10315
10316 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10317 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10318 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10319 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10320 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10321
10322 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10323
10324 ;;;***
10325 \f
10326 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10327 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16278 45828))
10328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10329
10330 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10331 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10332 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10333 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10334
10335 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10336
10337 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10338 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10339 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10340 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10341
10342 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10345 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10346 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10347 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10348
10349 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10350
10351 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10352 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10353 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10354 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10355
10356 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10357 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10358
10359 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10360
10361 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10362 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10363 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10364 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10365
10366 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10369 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10370 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10371 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10372
10373 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10376 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10377 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10378 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10379 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10380
10381 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10382 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10383 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10384 original source file access method.
10385
10386 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10387 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10388
10389 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10390
10391 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10392 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10393 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10394 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10395
10396 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10397 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10398
10399 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10400
10401 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10402 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10403
10404 \(fn)" t nil)
10405
10406 ;;;***
10407 \f
10408 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16211
10409 ;;;;;; 27038))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10411
10412 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10413 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10414 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10415 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10416
10417 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10418 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10419 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10420 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10421
10422 \(fn)" t nil)
10423
10424 ;;;***
10425 \f
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10427 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10429
10430 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10431 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10432
10433 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10434
10435 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10436 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10437 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10438 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10439
10440 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10441
10442 \(fn)" t nil)
10443
10444 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10445 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10446 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10447 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10448 to be updated.
10449
10450 \(fn)" t nil)
10451
10452 ;;;***
10453 \f
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10455 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10456 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16211 27016))
10457 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10458
10459 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10460 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10461 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10462 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10463 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10464 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10465
10466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10467
10468 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10469 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10470 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10471 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10472 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10473 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10474
10475 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10476 is used instead of `load-path'.
10477
10478 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10479 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10480 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10481
10482 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10485 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10486
10487 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10488
10489 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10490 Not documented
10491
10492 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10493
10494 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10495 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10496 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10497
10498 \(fn)" nil nil)
10499
10500 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10501 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10502 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10503 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10504 it is displayed along with the global value.
10505
10506 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10507
10508 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10509 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10510 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10511 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10512
10513 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10516 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10517 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10518
10519 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10520
10521 ;;;***
10522 \f
10523 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10524 ;;;;;; (16211 27016))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10526
10527 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10528 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10529 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10530 and window listing and describing the options.
10531 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10532 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10533
10534 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10535
10536 ;;;***
10537 \f
10538 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10539 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10540 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16276 26334))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10542
10543 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10544 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10545 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10546 Commands:
10547 \\{help-mode-map}
10548
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10552 Not documented
10553
10554 \(fn)" nil nil)
10555
10556 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10557 Not documented
10558
10559 \(fn)" nil nil)
10560
10561 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10562 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10563
10564 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10565 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10566 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10567 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10568
10569 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10570 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10571 restore it properly when going back.
10572
10573 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10574
10575 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10576 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10577
10578 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10579 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10580 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10581 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10582 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
10583 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
10584 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
10585 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
10586
10587 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10588 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10589 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10590 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10591
10592 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10593 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10594 that.
10595
10596 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10597
10598 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10599 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10600 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10601 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10602 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10603 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10604
10605 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10606
10607 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10608 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10609 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10610 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10611 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10612
10613 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10614
10615 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10616 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10617
10618 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10619
10620 ;;;***
10621 \f
10622 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10623 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16211 27026))
10624 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10625
10626 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10627 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10628
10629 \(fn)" t nil)
10630
10631 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10632 Provide help for current mode.
10633
10634 \(fn)" t nil)
10635
10636 ;;;***
10637 \f
10638 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10639 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16211 27016))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10641
10642 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10643 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10644 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10645 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10646 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10647
10648 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10649 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10650
10651 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10652 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10653 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10654 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10655
10656 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10657 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10658 periods.
10659
10660 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10661 in hexl format.
10662
10663 A sample format:
10664
10665 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10666 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10667 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10668 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10669 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10670 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10671 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10672 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10673 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10674 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10675 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10676 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10677 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10678 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10679 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10680
10681 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10682 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10683 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10684
10685 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10686 also supported.
10687
10688 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10689
10690 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10691 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10692 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10693
10694 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10695 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10696 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10697
10698 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10699 into the buffer at the current point.
10700
10701 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10702 into the buffer at the current point.
10703
10704 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10705 into the buffer at the current point.
10706
10707 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10708
10709 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10710 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10711
10712 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10713
10714 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10715
10716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10717
10718 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10719 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10720 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10721
10722 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10723
10724 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10725 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10726 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10727
10728 \(fn)" t nil)
10729
10730 ;;;***
10731 \f
10732 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10733 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10734 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16211
10735 ;;;;;; 27016))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10737
10738 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10739 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10740
10741 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10742
10743 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10744 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10745
10746 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10747 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10748 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10749 which can be called interactively, are:
10750
10751 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10752 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10753
10754 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10755 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10756 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10757 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10758
10759 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10760 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10761
10762 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10763 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10764
10765 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10766 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10767 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10768 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10769 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10770 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10771
10772 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10773 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10774
10775 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10776 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10777 Hi-lock: FOO
10778 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10779 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10780 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10781 will be read until
10782 Hi-lock: end
10783 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10784
10785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10786
10787 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10788
10789 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10790 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10791
10792 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10793 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10794 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10795 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10796
10797 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10798
10799 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10800
10801 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10802 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10803
10804 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10805 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10806 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10807 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10808
10809 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10810
10811 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10812
10813 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10814 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10815
10816 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10817 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10818
10819 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10820
10821 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10822
10823 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10824 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10825
10826 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10827 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10828 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10829 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10830 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10831
10832 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10833
10834 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10835 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10836
10837 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10838 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10839 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10840
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10842
10843 ;;;***
10844 \f
10845 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10846 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16211 27039))
10847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10848
10849 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10850 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10851 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10852 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10853 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10854 how the hiding is done:
10855
10856 `hide-ifdef-env'
10857 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10858 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10859 is used.
10860
10861 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10862 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10863 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10864 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10865 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10866
10867 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10868 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10869 #endif lines when hiding.
10870
10871 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10872 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10873 is activated.
10874
10875 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10876 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10877 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10878
10879 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10880
10881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10882
10883 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10884 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10885
10886 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10887
10888 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10889 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10890
10891 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10892
10893 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10894 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10895
10896 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10897
10898 ;;;***
10899 \f
10900 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10901 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16274 58117))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10903
10904 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10905 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10906
10907 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10908
10909 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10910 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10911 Each element has the form
10912 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10913
10914 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10915 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10916
10917 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10918 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10919
10920 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10921 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10922 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10923 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10924 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10925 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10926
10927 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10928 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10929
10930 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10931 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10932
10933 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10934 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10935 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10936
10937 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10938 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10939 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10940 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10941 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10942 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10943
10944 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10945 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10946 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10947
10948 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10949 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10950
10951 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10952
10953 Key bindings:
10954 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10955
10956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10957
10958 ;;;***
10959 \f
10960 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10961 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10962 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10963 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16211 27016))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10965
10966 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10967
10968 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10969 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10970 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10971
10972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10973
10974 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10975 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10976
10977 Without an argument:
10978 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10979 or passive state as determined by the variable
10980 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10981 and passive state.
10982
10983 With an argument ARG:
10984 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10985 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10986 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10987
10988 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10989 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10990 not displayed in a different face.
10991
10992 Functions:
10993 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10994 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10995 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10996 buffer with the contents of a file
10997 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10998 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10999 various faces.
11000
11001 Hook variables:
11002 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
11003 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
11004 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
11005
11006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11007
11008 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11009 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11010
11011 \(fn)" t nil)
11012
11013 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11014 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11015
11016 \(fn)" t nil)
11017
11018 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
11019 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
11020
11021 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
11022 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
11023 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
11024 shown in the last face in the list.
11025
11026 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
11027 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
11028 buffer to be saved):
11029
11030 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
11031
11032 \(fn)" t nil)
11033
11034 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
11035 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
11036
11037 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
11038 and must not be read-only.
11039
11040 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
11041 this function is called interactively.
11042
11043 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
11044 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
11045 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
11046
11047 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
11048 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
11049 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
11050
11051 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
11052
11053 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11054 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11055
11056 When called interactively:
11057 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11058 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11059 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11060 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11061
11062 When called from a program:
11063 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11064 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11065 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11066 - otherwise just turn it on
11067
11068 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11069 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11070 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11071 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11072
11073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11074
11075 ;;;***
11076 \f
11077 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11078 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11079 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11080 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11081 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16211 27016))
11082 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11083
11084 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11085 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11086 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11087 or insert functions in this list.")
11088
11089 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11090
11091 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11092 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11093
11094 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11095
11096 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11097 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11098
11099 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11100
11101 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11102 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11103
11104 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11105
11106 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11107 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11108
11109 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11110
11111 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11112 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11113 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11114
11115 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11116
11117 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11118 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11119 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11120 \(as atoms)")
11121
11122 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11123
11124 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11125 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11126 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11127 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11128 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11129
11130 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11131
11132 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11133 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11134 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11135 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11136 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11137 expansions.
11138 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11139 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11140 undoes the expansion.
11141
11142 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11143
11144 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11145 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11146 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11147 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11148
11149 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11150
11151 ;;;***
11152 \f
11153 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11154 ;;;;;; (16271 3438))
11155 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11156
11157 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11158 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11159 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11160
11161 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11162 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11163 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11164 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11165 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11166
11167 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11168 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11169 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11170 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11171
11172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11173
11174 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11175 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11176 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11178 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11179
11180 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11181
11182 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11183 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11184 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11185
11186 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11187 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11188
11189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11190
11191 ;;;***
11192 \f
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11194 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11196
11197 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11198 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11199 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11200
11201 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11202
11203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11204
11205 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11206 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11207
11208 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11209 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11210
11211 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11212
11213 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11214
11215 ;;;***
11216 \f
11217 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11218 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16211 27037))
11219 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11220
11221 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11222 This function is obsolete.
11223 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11224 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11225
11226 \(fn)" nil nil)
11227
11228 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11229 This function is obsolete.
11230 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11231 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11232
11233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11234
11235 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11236 This function is obsolete.
11237 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11238 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11239
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11241
11242 ;;;***
11243 \f
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11245 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11246 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11247 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11248 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11249 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11250 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11251 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11252 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11253 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11254 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11255 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11256 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11257 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11258 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11259 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11260 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11261 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16211 27016))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11267
11268 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11269 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11270 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11271
11272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11273
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11276
11277 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11280 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11281
11282 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11285 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11286
11287 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11290 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11291
11292 \(fn)" t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11295 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11296
11297 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11298
11299 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11300 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11301
11302 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11303 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11304 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11305 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11306 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11307 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11308 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11309 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11310 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11311 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11313 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11314
11315 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11316 Not documented
11317
11318 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11319
11320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11321 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11322
11323 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11324
11325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11326 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11327
11328 \(fn)" t nil)
11329
11330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11331 Remove the first filter group.
11332
11333 \(fn)" t nil)
11334
11335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11336 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11337
11338 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11339
11340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11341 Remove all filter groups.
11342
11343 \(fn)" t nil)
11344
11345 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11346 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11347
11348 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11349
11350 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11351 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11352 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11353
11354 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11355
11356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11357 Kill the filter group at point.
11358 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11359
11360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11361
11362 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11363 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11364
11365 \(fn)" t nil)
11366
11367 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11368 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11369
11370 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11371
11372 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11373 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11374 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11375 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11376
11377 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11380 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11381 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11382
11383 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11384
11385 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11386 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11387 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11388 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11389 of replacing the current filters.
11390
11391 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11392
11393 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11394 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11395
11396 \(fn)" t nil)
11397
11398 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11399 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11400
11401 \(fn)" t nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11404 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11405
11406 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11407 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11408 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11409
11410 \(fn)" t nil)
11411
11412 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11413 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11414
11415 \(fn)" t nil)
11416
11417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11418 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11419
11420 \(fn)" t nil)
11421
11422 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11424 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11425 filter into parts.
11426
11427 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11428
11429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11430 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11431 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11432
11433 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11434
11435 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11436 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11437
11438 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11439
11440 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11441 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11442
11443 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11444
11445 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11446 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11447 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11448 of replacing the current filters.
11449
11450 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11451 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11452 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11453 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11454 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11455 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11456 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11457 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11458 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11459
11460 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11461 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11462 Default sorting modes are:
11463 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11464 Name - the name of the buffer
11465 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11466 Size - the size of the buffer
11467
11468 \(fn)" t nil)
11469
11470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11471 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11472
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11474 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11475 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11476 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11477 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11478
11479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11480 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11481
11482 \(fn)" t nil)
11483
11484 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11485 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11486 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11487 for this Ibuffer session.
11488
11489 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11492 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11493 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11494 for this Ibuffer session.
11495
11496 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11497
11498 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11499 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11500
11501 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11502 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11503
11504 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11505 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11506
11507 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11508
11509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11510 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11511
11512 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11513 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11514
11515 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11516
11517 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11518 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11519
11520 \(fn)" t nil)
11521
11522 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11523 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11524
11525 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11528 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11529 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11530
11531 \(fn)" t nil)
11532
11533 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11534 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11535
11536 The names are separated by a space.
11537 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11538
11539 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11540 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11541 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11542 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11543
11544 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11545
11546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11547
11548 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11549 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11550
11551 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11552
11553 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11554 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11555
11556 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11557
11558 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11559 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11560
11561 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11562
11563 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11564 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11565
11566 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11567
11568 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11569 Mark all modified buffers.
11570
11571 \(fn)" t nil)
11572
11573 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11574 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11575
11576 \(fn)" t nil)
11577
11578 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11579 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11580
11581 \(fn)" t nil)
11582
11583 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11584 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11585
11586 \(fn)" t nil)
11587
11588 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11589 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11590
11591 \(fn)" t nil)
11592
11593 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11594 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11595
11596 \(fn)" t nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11599 Mark all read-only buffers.
11600
11601 \(fn)" t nil)
11602
11603 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11604 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11605
11606 \(fn)" t nil)
11607
11608 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11609 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11610 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11611 defaults to one.
11612
11613 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11614
11615 ;;;***
11616 \f
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11618 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16211
11619 ;;;;;; 27016))
11620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11621
11622 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11623 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11624
11625 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11626 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11627 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11628
11629 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11630 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11631 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11632 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11633 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11634 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11635
11636 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11637 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11638 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11639 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11640 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11641
11642 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11643
11644 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11645 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11646 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11647 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11648 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11649
11650 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11651 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11652 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11653
11654 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11655
11656 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11657 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11658 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11659 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11660 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11661 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11662
11663 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11664 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11665 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11666 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11667 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11668 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11669 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11670 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11671 values are:
11672 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11673 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11674 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11675 buffer's modification flag.
11676 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11677 prompted before performing this operation.
11678 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11679 operation is complete, in the form:
11680 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11681 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11682 confirmation message, in the form:
11683 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11684 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11685 macro for exactly what it does.
11686
11687 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11688
11689 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11690 Define a filter named NAME.
11691 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11692 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11693 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11694
11695 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11696 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11697 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11698 bound to the current value of the filter.
11699
11700 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11701
11702 ;;;***
11703 \f
11704 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11705 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16211 27016))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11707
11708 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11709 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11710 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11711 buffers which are visiting a file.
11712
11713 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11714
11715 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11716 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11717 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11718 buffers which are visiting a file.
11719
11720 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11721
11722 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11723 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11724 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11725
11726 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11727 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11728 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11729 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11730 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11731 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11732 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11733 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11734 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11735 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11736 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11737 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11738 locally in this buffer.
11739
11740 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11741
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11745 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16211 27017))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11747
11748 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11749 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11750 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11751
11752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11755 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11756 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11757
11758 \(fn)" nil nil)
11759
11760 ;;;***
11761 \f
11762 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16211 27039))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11764
11765 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11766 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11767 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11768 Tab indents for Icon code.
11769 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11770 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11771 \\{icon-mode-map}
11772 Variables controlling indentation style:
11773 icon-tab-always-indent
11774 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11775 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11776 icon-auto-newline
11777 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11778 inserted in Icon code.
11779 icon-indent-level
11780 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11781 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11782 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11783 icon-continued-statement-offset
11784 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11785 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11786 icon-continued-brace-offset
11787 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11788 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11789 icon-brace-offset
11790 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11791 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11792 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11793 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11794
11795 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11796 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11797
11798 \(fn)" t nil)
11799
11800 ;;;***
11801 \f
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11803 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11805
11806 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11807 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11808 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11809 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11810
11811 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11812 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11813 separate frames.
11814
11815 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11816 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11817
11818 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11819 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11820 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11821
11822 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11823
11824 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11825
11826 ;;;***
11827 \f
11828 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11829 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
11830 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11831
11832 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11833 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11834
11835 The main features of this mode are
11836
11837 1. Indentation and Formatting
11838 --------------------------
11839 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11840 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11841
11842 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11843 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11844 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11845 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11846
11847 Comments are indented as follows:
11848
11849 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11850 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11851 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11852
11853 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11854
11855 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11856 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11857 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11858 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11859 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11860 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11861 recommended).
11862
11863 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11864 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11865 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11866 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11867
11868 2. Routine Info
11869 ------------
11870 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11871 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11872 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11873 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11874 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11875 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11876 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11877 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11878
11879 3. Online IDL Help
11880 ---------------
11881 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11882 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11883 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11884 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11885 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11886
11887 4. Completion
11888 ----------
11889 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11890 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11891 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11892 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11893 mixed or upper case.
11894
11895 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11896 --------------------------------
11897 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11898 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11899
11900 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11901 \\fu FUNCTION template
11902 \\c CASE statement template
11903 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11904 \\f FOR loop template
11905 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11906 \\w WHILE loop template
11907 \\i IF statement template
11908 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11909 \\b BEGIN
11910
11911 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11912 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11913
11914 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11915 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11916 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11917
11918 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11919 -------------------------
11920 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11921 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11922
11923 7. Automatic END completion
11924 ------------------------
11925 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11926 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11927
11928 8. Hooks
11929 -----
11930 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11931 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11932
11933 9. Documentation and Customization
11934 -------------------------------
11935 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11936 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11937 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11938 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11939 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11940
11941 10.Keybindings
11942 -----------
11943 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11944 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11945 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11946
11947 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11948
11949 \(fn)" t nil)
11950
11951 ;;;***
11952 \f
11953 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11954 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11955 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11956 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11957 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11958 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11959 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11960 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16211 27017))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11962
11963 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11964 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11965 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11966 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11967 displaying...)
11968 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11969 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11970 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11971
11972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11973 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11974
11975 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11976
11977 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11978 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11979 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11980 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11981 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11982 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11983 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11984 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11985 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11986
11987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11988
11989 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11990 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11991 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11992 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11993 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11994 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11995 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11996
11997 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11998
11999 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
12000 Switch to another buffer.
12001 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
12002 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12003 in another frame.
12004
12005 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
12006 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
12007 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
12008 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
12009 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12010
12011 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
12012 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
12013
12014 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
12015 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
12016
12017 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12018 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12019 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12020 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
12021 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
12022 in a separate window.
12023 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
12024 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12025 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12026 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12027 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
12028 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
12029 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
12030 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
12031 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
12032
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12034
12035 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
12036 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12037 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12038 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12039
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
12043 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12044 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12045 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12046
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
12050 Kill a buffer.
12051 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12052 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12053
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12057 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12058 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12059 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12060
12061 \(fn)" t nil)
12062
12063 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12064 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12065 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12066 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12067
12068 \(fn)" t nil)
12069
12070 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12071 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12072
12073 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12074
12075 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12076 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12077 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12078 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12079 visible in another frame.
12080
12081 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12082 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12083 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12084 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12085 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12086 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12087
12088 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12089 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12090
12091 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12092 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12093
12094 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12095 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12096 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12097 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12098 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12099 in a separate window.
12100 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12101 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12102 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12103 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12104 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12105 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12106 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12107 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12108 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12109 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12110 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12111 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12112 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12113 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12114 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12115
12116 \(fn)" t nil)
12117
12118 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12119 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12120 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12121 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12122
12123 \(fn)" t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12126 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12127 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12128 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12129
12130 \(fn)" t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12133 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12134 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12135 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12136
12137 \(fn)" t nil)
12138
12139 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12140 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12141 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12142 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12143
12144 \(fn)" t nil)
12145
12146 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12147 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12148 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12149 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12150
12151 \(fn)" t nil)
12152
12153 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12154 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12155 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12156 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12157
12158 \(fn)" t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12161 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12162 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12163 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12164
12165 \(fn)" t nil)
12166
12167 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12168 Write current buffer to a file.
12169 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12170 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12171
12172 \(fn)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12175 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12176 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12177 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12178
12179 \(fn)" t nil)
12180
12181 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12182 Call dired the ido way.
12183 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12184 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12185
12186 \(fn)" t nil)
12187
12188 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12189 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12190 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12191
12192 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12193
12194 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12195 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12196 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12197
12198 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12199
12200 ;;;***
12201 \f
12202 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16218 6767))
12203 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12204 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12205
12206 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12207 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12208 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12209
12210 \(fn)" t nil)
12211
12212 ;;;***
12213 \f
12214 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12215 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12216 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16211 27017))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12218
12219 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12220 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12221 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12222 be determined.
12223
12224 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12225
12226 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12227 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12228 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12229 be determined.
12230
12231 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12232
12233 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12234 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12235 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12236
12237 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12240 Create an image.
12241 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12242 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12243 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12244 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12245 use its file extension as image type.
12246 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12247 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12248 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12249 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12250
12251 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12252
12253 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12254 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12255 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12256 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12257 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12258 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12259 POS may be an integer or marker.
12260 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12261 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12262 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12263 means display it in the right marginal area.
12264
12265 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12266
12267 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12268 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12269 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12270 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12271 defaulted if you omit it.
12272 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12273 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12274 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12275 means display it in the right marginal area.
12276
12277 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12278
12279 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12280 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12281 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12282 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12283
12284 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12285
12286 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12287 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12288
12289 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12290
12291 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12292 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12293 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12294 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12295 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12296 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12297 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12298 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12299 satisfied.
12300
12301 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12302
12303 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12304
12305 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12306 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12307
12308 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12309 documentation string.
12310
12311 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12312 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12313 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12314 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12315 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12316 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12317 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12318 define SYMBOL.
12319
12320 Example:
12321
12322 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12323 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12324
12325 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12326
12327 ;;;***
12328 \f
12329 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12330 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12331 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16211 27017))
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12333
12334 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12335 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12336 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12337 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12338
12339 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12340 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12341 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12342 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12343
12344 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12345
12346 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12347 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12348 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12349 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12350
12351 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12352 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12353 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12354 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12355
12356 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12357
12358 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12359 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12360
12361 \(fn)" nil nil)
12362
12363 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12364 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12365 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12366 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12367
12368 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12371 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12372 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12374 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12375
12376 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12377
12378 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12379 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12380 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12381 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12382
12383 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12384 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12385 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12386
12387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12388
12389 ;;;***
12390 \f
12391 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12392 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16252 34050))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12394
12395 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12396 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12397
12398 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12399
12400 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12401 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12402 in the buffer.
12403
12404 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12405
12406 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12407 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12408 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12409
12410 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12411
12412 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12413 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12414
12415 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12416 to create a buffer index.
12417
12418 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12419 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12420 or like this:
12421 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12422 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12423 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12424 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12425 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12426
12427 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12428 entries are not nested.
12429
12430 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12431 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12432 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12433 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12434
12435 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12436 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12437
12438 The variable is buffer-local.
12439
12440 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12441 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12442 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12443
12444 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12445 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12446 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12447 during matching.")
12448
12449 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12450
12451 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12452 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12453
12454 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12455 of the current buffer as an alist.
12456
12457 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12458 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12459 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12460 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12461 if it is a sub-alist.
12462
12463 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12464
12465 The variable is buffer-local.")
12466
12467 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12468
12469 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12470 Function for finding the next index position.
12471
12472 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12473 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12474 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12475 file.
12476
12477 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12478 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12479
12480 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12481
12482 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12483
12484 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12485 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12486
12487 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12488 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12489 It should return the name for that index item.
12490
12491 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12492
12493 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12494
12495 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12496 Function to compare string with index item.
12497
12498 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12499 non-nil if they match.
12500
12501 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12502 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12503 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12504 arguments match\".
12505
12506 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12507
12508 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12509
12510 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12511 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12512 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12513
12514 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12515
12516 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12517
12518 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12519
12520 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12521 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12522 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12523 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12524
12525 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12526
12527 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12528 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12529
12530 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12531
12532 \(fn)" t nil)
12533
12534 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12535 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12536 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12537 for more information.
12538
12539 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12540
12541 ;;;***
12542 \f
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12544 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12545 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16301 42973))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12547
12548 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12549 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12550
12551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12552
12553 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12554 Not documented
12555
12556 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12557
12558 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12559 Not documented
12560
12561 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12562
12563 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12564 Not documented
12565
12566 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12567
12568 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12569 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12570 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12571 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12572 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12573
12574 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12575
12576 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12577 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12578 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12579 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12580 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12581
12582 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12583
12584 ;;;***
12585 \f
12586 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12587 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12589
12590 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12591 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12592 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12593 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12594 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12595
12596 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12597 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12598
12599 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12600 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12601 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12602 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12603 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12604 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12605 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12606 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12607
12608 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12609 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12610 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12611 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12612 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12613
12614 This variable is only used if the variable
12615 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12616
12617 More precise choices:
12618 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12619 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12620 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12621
12622 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12623
12624 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12625 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12626
12627 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12628 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12629 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12630 to that buffer.
12631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12632 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12633 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12635
12636 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12637 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12638
12639 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12640
12641 ;;;***
12642 \f
12643 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12644 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12645 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12646 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
12647 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12648
12649 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12650 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12651
12652 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12653 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12654
12655 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12656 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12657 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12658 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12659 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12660 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12661
12662 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12663 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12664
12665 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12666 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12667 in all the directories in that path.
12668
12669 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12670
12671 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12672 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12673
12674 \(fn)" t nil)
12675
12676 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12677 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12678 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12679 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12680
12681 \(fn)" nil nil)
12682
12683 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12684 Go to the Info directory node.
12685
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12689 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12690 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12691 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12692 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12693 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12694 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12695 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12696 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12697
12698 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12699
12700 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12701 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12702 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12703 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12704 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12705 or string.
12706
12707 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12708
12709 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12710 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12711 KEY is a string.
12712 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12713 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12714 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12715 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12716
12717 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12718
12719 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12720 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12721 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12722
12723 \(fn)" t nil)
12724
12725 ;;;***
12726 \f
12727 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12728 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12729 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
12730 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12731
12732 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12733 Throw away all cached data.
12734 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12735 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12736 system.
12737
12738 \(fn)" t nil)
12739
12740 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12741 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12742 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12743 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12744 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12745 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12746
12747 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12748
12749 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12750
12751 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12752 Display the documentation of a file.
12753 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12754 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12755 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12756 The default file name is the one found at point.
12757
12758 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12759
12760 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12761
12762 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12763 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12764
12765 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12766
12767 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12768 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12769
12770 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12771
12772 ;;;***
12773 \f
12774 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12775 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (16211 27017))
12776 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12777
12778 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12779 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12780
12781 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12782
12783 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12784 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12785 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12786
12787 \(fn)" t nil)
12788
12789 ;;;***
12790 \f
12791 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12792 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16211 27017))
12793 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12794
12795 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12796 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12797
12798 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12799
12800 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12801 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12802 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12803
12804 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12805 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12806 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12807
12808 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12809 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12810 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12811 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12812
12813 \(fn)" t nil)
12814
12815 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12816 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12817 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12818
12819 \(fn)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12822 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12823 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12824 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12826
12827 \(fn)" nil nil)
12828
12829 ;;;***
12830 \f
12831 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12832 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12833 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12835
12836 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12837 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12838
12839 \(fn)" t nil)
12840
12841 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12842 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12843
12844 \(fn)" t nil)
12845
12846 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12847 Not documented
12848
12849 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12850
12851 ;;;***
12852 \f
12853 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12854 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12856
12857 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12858 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12859 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12860 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12861 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12862 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12863
12864 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12865 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12866
12867 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12868 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12869 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12870 \"s gives German sharp s.
12871 /a gives a with ring.
12872 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12873 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12874 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12875 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12876
12877 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12878 and a negative argument disables it.
12879
12880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12881
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12885 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12886 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12887 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16211 27032))
12888 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12889
12890 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12891 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12892 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12893 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12894
12895 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12896
12897 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12898 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12899 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12900 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12901
12902 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12903
12904 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12905 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12906 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12907 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12908
12909 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12910
12911 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12912 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12913 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12914 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12915
12916 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12917
12918 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12919 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12920 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12921 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12922
12923 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12924
12925 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12926 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12927 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12929
12930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12931
12932 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12933 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12934 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12935 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12936
12937 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12938
12939 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12940 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12941 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12943
12944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12945
12946 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12947 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12948 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12949 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12950
12951 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12952
12953 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12954 Warn that format is read-only.
12955
12956 \(fn)" t nil)
12957
12958 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12959 Warn that format is write-only.
12960
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12962
12963 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12964 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12965
12966 \(fn)" t nil)
12967
12968 ;;;***
12969 \f
12970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12971 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12973 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12974 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12975 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12976
12977 ;;;***
12978 \f
12979 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12980 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12981 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12982 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12983 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12984 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16211 27044))
12985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12986
12987 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12988 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12989 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12990 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12991
12992 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12993
12994 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12995 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12996
12997 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12998
12999 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
13000 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
13001 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
13002 and then re-start emacs.")
13003
13004 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13005
13006 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13007
13008 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
13009
13010 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
13011
13012 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
13013
13014 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13015
13016 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
13017
13018 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
13019 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
13020
13021 Each element of this list is also a list:
13022
13023 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
13024 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
13025
13026 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
13027 nil means the default dictionary.
13028
13029 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
13030 word.
13031
13032 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
13033
13034 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
13035 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
13036 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
13037 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
13038 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
13039 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
13040 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
13041 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
13042 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
13043
13044 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
13045 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
13046 single word.
13047
13048 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
13049 subprocess.
13050
13051 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
13052 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
13053 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13054 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13055 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13056 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13057 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13058 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13059
13060 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13061
13062 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13063 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13064 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13065
13066 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13067
13068 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13069 Key map for ispell menu.")
13070
13071 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13072 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13073 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13074 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13075
13076 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13077
13078 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13079
13080 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13081
13082 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13083
13084 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13085
13086 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13087 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13088 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13089 Valid forms include:
13090 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13091 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13092 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13093 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13094
13095 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13096 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13097 First list is used raw.
13098 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13099
13100 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13101 for skipping in latex mode.")
13102
13103 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13104 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13105 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13106 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13107 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13108 >]\").")
13109 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13110
13111 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13112 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13113 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13114 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13115
13116 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13117 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13118 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13119 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13120 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13121
13122 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13123 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13124
13125 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13126
13127 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13128 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13129
13130 return values:
13131 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13132 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13133 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13134 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13135 quit spell session exited.
13136
13137 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13138
13139 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13140 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13141 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13142
13143 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13146 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13147
13148 Selections are:
13149
13150 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13151 SPC: Accept word this time.
13152 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13153 `a': Accept word for this session.
13154 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13155 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13156 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13157 `?': Show these commands.
13158 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13159 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13160 the aborted check to be completed later.
13161 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13162 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13163 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13164 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13165 `C-l': redraws screen
13166 `C-r': recursive edit
13167 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13168
13169 \(fn)" nil nil)
13170
13171 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13172 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13173 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13174
13175 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13176
13177 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13178 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13179 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13180
13181 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13182
13183 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13184
13185 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13186
13187 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13188 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13189 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13190 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13191
13192 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13193
13194 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13195 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13196
13197 \(fn)" t nil)
13198
13199 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13200 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13201
13202 \(fn)" t nil)
13203
13204 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13205 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13206
13207 \(fn)" t nil)
13208
13209 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13210 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13211 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13212 sequence inside of a word.
13213
13214 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13215
13216 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13217
13218 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13219 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13220
13221 \(fn)" t nil)
13222
13223 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13224 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13225 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13226 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13227
13228 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13229 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13230 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13231 available on the net.
13232
13233 \(fn)" t nil)
13234
13235 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13236 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13237 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13238
13239 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13240 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13241
13242 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13243 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13244
13245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13246
13247 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13248 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13249 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13250 Don't check included messages.
13251
13252 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13253 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13254 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13255
13256 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13257 in your .emacs file:
13258 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13259 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13260 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13261 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13262
13263 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13264 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13265 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13266
13267 \(fn)" t nil)
13268
13269 ;;;***
13270 \f
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13272 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13273 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16211 27017))
13274 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13275
13276 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13277 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13278 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13279 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13280 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13281 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13282
13283 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13284
13285 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13286 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13287 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13288 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13289
13290 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13291
13292 \(fn)" t nil)
13293
13294 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13295 Switch to another buffer.
13296
13297 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13298 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13299 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13300 in another frame.
13301 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13302
13303 \(fn)" t nil)
13304
13305 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13306 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13307 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13308 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13309
13310 \(fn)" t nil)
13311
13312 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13313 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13314 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13315 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13316
13317 \(fn)" t nil)
13318
13319 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13320 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13321 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13322 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13323
13324 \(fn)" t nil)
13325
13326 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13327 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13328 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13330 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13331
13332 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13333
13334 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13335 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13336 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13337 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13338 `iswitchb' for details.
13339
13340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13341
13342 ;;;***
13343 \f
13344 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13345 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13346 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13347 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16211 27033))
13348 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13349
13350 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13351 Not documented
13352
13353 \(fn)" nil nil)
13354
13355 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13356 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13357 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13358 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13359 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13360 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13361 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13362 necessary to represent OBJ.
13363
13364 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13365
13366 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13367 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13368 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13369 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13370
13371 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13372
13373 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13374 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13375 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13376 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13377 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13378
13379 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13380
13381 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13382 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13383 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13384 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13385
13386 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13387
13388 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13389 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13390 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13391 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13392
13393 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13396 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13397
13398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13399
13400 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13401 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13402 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13403 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13404 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13405
13406 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13407
13408 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13409 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13410 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13411 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13412 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13413
13414 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13415
13416 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13417 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13418 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13419
13420 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13421
13422 ;;;***
13423 \f
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16211
13425 ;;;;;; 27017))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13427
13428 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13429 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13430 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13431 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13432 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13433
13434 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13435
13436 ;;;***
13437 \f
13438 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13439 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16211 27017))
13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13441
13442 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13443 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13444 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13446 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13447
13448 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13449
13450 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13451 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13452 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13453 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13454
13455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13456
13457 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13458 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13459
13460 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13461
13462 ;;;***
13463 \f
13464 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13465 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13466 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
13467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13468
13469 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13470 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13472 decimal key must be specified.")
13473
13474 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13475
13476 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13477 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13478 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13479 decimal key must be specified.")
13480
13481 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13482
13483 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13484 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13485 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13486 decimal key must be specified.")
13487
13488 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13489
13490 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13491 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13492 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13493 decimal key must be specified.")
13494
13495 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13496
13497 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13498 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13499 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13500 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13501 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13502 keys are bound.
13503
13504 Setup Binding
13505 -------------------------------------------------------------
13506 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13507 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13508 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13509 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13510 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13511 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13512 in the global and local keymaps.
13513
13514 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13515 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13516
13517 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13518
13519 ;;;***
13520 \f
13521 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13522 ;;;;;; (16211 27032))
13523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13524
13525 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13526 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13527 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13528
13529 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13530 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13531 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13532 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13533 shorter.
13534
13535 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13536 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13537 the context of text formatting.
13538
13539 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13540
13541 ;;;***
13542 \f
13543 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16211
13544 ;;;;;; 27032))
13545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13546
13547 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13548 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13549 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13550 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13551 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13552 positions that contains the current selection.")
13553
13554 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13555 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13556 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13557 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13558 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13559 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13560 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13561
13562 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13563
13564 ;;;***
13565 \f
13566 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13567 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13568 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13569 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16211 27017))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13571 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13572 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13573 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13574 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13575 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13576 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13577 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13578
13579 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13580 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13581 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13582 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13583 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13584 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13585 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13586
13587 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13588 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13589 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13590
13591 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13592 defining the macro.
13593
13594 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13595 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13596 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13597
13598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13599
13600 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13601 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13602 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13603 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13604 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13605 under that name.
13606
13607 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13608 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13609 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13610
13611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13612
13613 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13614 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13615 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13616
13617 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13618 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13619 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13620 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13621
13622 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13623 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13624
13625 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13628 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13629 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13630
13631 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13632 macro.
13633
13634 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13635 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13636
13637 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13638 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13639 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13640
13641 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13642 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13643
13644 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13645
13646 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13647 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13648 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13649 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13650
13651 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13652
13653 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13654 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13655 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13656 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13657
13658 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13659 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13660
13661 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13662
13663 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13664 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13665 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13666
13667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13668
13669 ;;;***
13670 \f
13671 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
13672 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
13673 ;;;;;; (16303 32088))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
13675
13676 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
13677
13678 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
13679 Not documented
13680
13681 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13682
13683 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
13684 Not documented
13685
13686 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13687
13688 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
13689 Not documented
13690
13691 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13692
13693 ;;;***
13694 \f
13695 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13696 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16211 27033))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13698
13699 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13700 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13701 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13702
13703 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13704 Not documented
13705
13706 \(fn)" nil nil)
13707
13708 ;;;***
13709 \f
13710 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13711 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
13712 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13713
13714 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13715
13716 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13717 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13718
13719 \(fn)" t nil)
13720
13721 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13722
13723 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13724 Start or resume an Lm game.
13725 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13726 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13727
13728 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13729 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13730 none / 1 | yes | no
13731 2 | yes | yes
13732 3 | no | yes
13733 4 | no | no
13734
13735 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13736 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13737 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13738
13739 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13740
13741 ;;;***
13742 \f
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13744 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13745 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16211
13746 ;;;;;; 27033))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13748
13749 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13750 Not documented
13751
13752 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13753
13754 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13755 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13756 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13757 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13758 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13759 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13760
13761 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13762 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13763
13764 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13765
13766 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13767 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13768
13769 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13770
13771 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13772 Not documented
13773
13774 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13775
13776 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13777 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13778 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13779 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13780 to compose.
13781
13782 The return value is number of composed characters.
13783
13784 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13785
13786 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13787 Not documented
13788
13789 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13790
13791 ;;;***
13792 \f
13793 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13794 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16313 5697))
13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13796
13797 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13798 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13799 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13800 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13801 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13802 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13803 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13804 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13805
13806 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13807 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13808
13809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13810 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13811
13812 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13813
13814 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13815 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13816 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13817 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13818 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13819 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13820 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13821 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13822
13823 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13824
13825 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13826 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13827 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
13828 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13829
13830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13831 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13832
13833 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13834
13835 ;;;***
13836 \f
13837 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13838 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16211 27017))
13839 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13840
13841 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13842 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13843 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13844 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13845
13846 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13847
13848 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13849 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13850 JIT Lock's favor.
13851
13852 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13853
13854 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13855 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13856 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13857 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13858 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13859 for large buffers.
13860
13861 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13862 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13863 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13864 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13865 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13866
13867 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13868 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13869 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13870 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13871 slow to keep up with your typing.
13872
13873 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13874 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13875 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13876 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13877 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13878 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13879
13880 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13881 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13882 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13883 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13884
13885 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13886 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13887 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13888 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13889
13890 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13891 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13892 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13893 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13894 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13899 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13900
13901 \(fn)" nil nil)
13902
13903 ;;;***
13904 \f
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13906 ;;;;;; (16238 60560))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13908
13909 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
13910
13911 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
13912 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
13913
13914 \(fn)" t nil)
13915
13916 ;;;***
13917 \f
13918 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13919 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13921
13922 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13923 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13924
13925 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13926 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13927
13928 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13929 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13930
13931 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13932 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13933 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13934 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13935 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13936 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13937 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13938 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13939 and transmit saved text.
13940 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13941 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13942 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13943
13944 \(fn)" t nil)
13945
13946 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13947 Not documented
13948
13949 \(fn)" nil nil)
13950
13951 ;;;***
13952 \f
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16211 27038))
13954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13955
13956 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13957 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13958 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13959 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13960 generations (this defaults to 1).
13961
13962 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13963
13964 ;;;***
13965 \f
13966 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16256
13967 ;;;;;; 53161))
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13969
13970 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13971 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13972 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13973 is nil, raise an error.
13974
13975 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13976
13977 ;;;***
13978 \f
13979 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13980 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
13981 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13982
13983 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13984 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13985 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13986
13987 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13988
13989 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13990 Run the locate command with a filter.
13991
13992 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13993 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13994
13995 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13996
13997 ;;;***
13998 \f
13999 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16258 10857))
14000 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
14001
14002 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
14003 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
14004 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
14005 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
14006 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
14007 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
14008 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
14009 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
14010 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
14011 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
14012 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
14013 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
14014 uses the current buffer.
14015
14016 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
14017
14018 ;;;***
14019 \f
14020 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16211
14021 ;;;;;; 27017))
14022 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
14023
14024 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
14025 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
14026
14027 \(fn)" t nil)
14028
14029 ;;;***
14030 \f
14031 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
14032 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16211
14033 ;;;;;; 27017))
14034 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
14035
14036 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
14037
14038 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
14039
14040 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
14041 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
14042 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
14043
14044 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
14045 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
14046
14047 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
14048 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
14049 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
14050 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
14051 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
14052 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
14053 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
14054
14055 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
14056
14057 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
14058 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
14059 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
14060 switch on this list.
14061 See `lpr-command'.")
14062
14063 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
14064
14065 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
14066 *Name of program for printing a file.
14067
14068 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
14069 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
14070 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
14071 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
14072 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
14073 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
14074 argument.")
14075
14076 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
14077
14078 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14079 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14080 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14081 for customization of the printer command.
14082
14083 \(fn)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14086 Paginate and print buffer contents.
14087
14088 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14089 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14090 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14091 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14092
14093 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14094 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14095
14096 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14097 for further customization of the printer command.
14098
14099 \(fn)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14102 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14104 for customization of the printer command.
14105
14106 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14109 Paginate and print the region contents.
14110
14111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14115
14116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14118
14119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14120 for further customization of the printer command.
14121
14122 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14123
14124 ;;;***
14125 \f
14126 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14127 ;;;;;; (16277 42321))
14128 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14129
14130 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14131 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14132 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14133
14134 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14135
14136 ;;;***
14137 \f
14138 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16211
14139 ;;;;;; 27023))
14140 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14141
14142 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14143 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14144 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14145
14146 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14147
14148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14149
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16211
14153 ;;;;;; 27039))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14155
14156 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14157 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14158 \\{m4-mode-map}
14159
14160 \(fn)" t nil)
14161
14162 ;;;***
14163 \f
14164 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14165 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16211 27017))
14166 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14167
14168 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14169 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14170 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14171 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14172 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14173
14174 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14177 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14178 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14179 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14180
14181 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14182 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14183 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14184 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14185 bindings.
14186
14187 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14188 use this command, and then save the file.
14189
14190 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14191
14192 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14193 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14194 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14195 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14196 each time the macro executes.
14197 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14198 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14199 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14200 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14201 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14202 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14203 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14204
14205 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14206
14207 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14208 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14209 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14210
14211 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14212 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14213 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14214 execute.
14215
14216 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14217 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14218
14219 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14220 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14221 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14222 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14223 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14224
14225 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14226 looked like this:
14227
14228 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14229 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14230 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14231
14232 You could enter the names in this format:
14233
14234 foo
14235 bar
14236 baz
14237
14238 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14239
14240 \\C-x (
14241 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14242 \\C-x )
14243
14244 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14245 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14246
14247 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14248 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14249
14250 ;;;***
14251 \f
14252 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14253 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16281 48394))
14254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14255
14256 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14257 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14258 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14259 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14260 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14261
14262 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14263 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14264 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14265 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14266 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14267
14268 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14269 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14270 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14271 consing a string.)
14272
14273 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14274
14275 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14276 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14277
14278 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14283 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14284 ;;;;;; (16211 27033))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14286
14287 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14288 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14289
14290 \(fn)" nil nil)
14291
14292 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14293 Not documented
14294
14295 \(fn)" nil nil)
14296
14297 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14298 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14299
14300 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14301
14302 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14303 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14304 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14305 message.
14306
14307 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14308
14309 \(fn)" nil nil)
14310
14311 ;;;***
14312 \f
14313 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14314 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14315 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16211
14316 ;;;;;; 27033))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14318
14319 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14320 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14321 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14322 often correct parser.")
14323
14324 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14325
14326 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14327 Not documented
14328
14329 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14330
14331 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14332 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14333 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14334 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14335
14336 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14337
14338 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14339 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14340 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14341 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14342
14343 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14344
14345 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14346 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14347 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14348 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14349
14350 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14351
14352 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14353 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14354 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14355 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14356 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14357 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14358
14359 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14360
14361 ;;;***
14362 \f
14363 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14364 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16249 31429))
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14366
14367 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14368 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14369
14370 \(fn)" nil nil)
14371
14372 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14373 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14374 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14375
14376 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14377
14378 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14379 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14380 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14381
14382 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14383
14384 ;;;***
14385 \f
14386 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14387 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16211
14388 ;;;;;; 27034))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14390
14391 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14392 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14393 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14394 king@grassland.com
14395 If `parens', they look like:
14396 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14397 If `angles', they look like:
14398 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14399
14400 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14401
14402 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14403 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14404 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14405 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14406 their `Resent-' variants.
14407
14408 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14409 removed from alias expansions.
14410
14411 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14412
14413 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14414 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14415 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14416
14417 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14418 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14419 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14420 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14421
14422 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14423
14424 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14425 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14426 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14427 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14428
14429 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14430
14431 ;;;***
14432 \f
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14434 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14436
14437 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14438 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14439 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14440
14441 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14442
14443 In the browser, use the following keys:
14444
14445 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14446
14447 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14448
14449 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14450 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14451
14452 `makefile-target-colon':
14453 The string that gets appended to all target names
14454 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14455 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14456
14457 `makefile-macro-assign':
14458 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14459 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14460 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14461 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14462 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14463 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14464
14465 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14466 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14467 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14468
14469 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14470 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14471
14472 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14473 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14474 up or down in the browser.
14475
14476 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14477 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14478
14479 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14480 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14481
14482 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14483 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14484 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14485 has been selected in the browser.
14486
14487 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14488 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14489 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14490 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14491 filenames are omitted.
14492
14493 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14494 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14495 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14496 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14497 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14498 the backslash itself intact.
14499 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14500 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14501
14502 `makefile-browser-hook':
14503 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14504 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14505
14506 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14507 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14508 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14509 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14510
14511 \(fn)" t nil)
14512
14513 ;;;***
14514 \f
14515 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16211
14516 ;;;;;; 27017))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14518
14519 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14520 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14521 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14522
14523 \(fn)" t nil)
14524
14525 ;;;***
14526 \f
14527 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16246 39964))
14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14529
14530 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14531
14532 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14533 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14534 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14535 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14536 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14537 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14538 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14539
14540 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14541 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14542 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14543 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14544
14545 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14546
14547 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14548 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14549
14550 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14551
14552 ;;;***
14553 \f
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16211 27017))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14556
14557 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14558 Toggle Master mode.
14559 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14560 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14561 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14562
14563 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14564 following commands:
14565
14566 \\{master-mode-map}
14567
14568 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14569 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14570 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14571
14572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14573
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16211
14577 ;;;;;; 37994))
14578 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14579
14580 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14581
14582 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14583 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14584 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14586 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14587
14588 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14589
14590 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14591 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14592 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14593 created in the future.
14594 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14595 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14596
14597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14598
14599 ;;;***
14600 \f
14601 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14602 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14603 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14604 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14605 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14606 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14607 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14608 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14609 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14610 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16211 27028))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14612
14613 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14614 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14615
14616 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14617 king@grassland.com
14618 If `parens', they look like:
14619 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14620 If `angles', they look like:
14621 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14622
14623 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14624 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14625
14626 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14627
14628 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14629 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14630
14631 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14632
14633 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14634 *Local news organization file.")
14635
14636 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14637
14638 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14639 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14640 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14641 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14642
14643 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14644 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14645 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14646
14647 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14648
14649 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14650
14651 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14652 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14653
14654 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14655
14656 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14657 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14658
14659 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14660
14661 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14662 *Function for citing an original message.
14663 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14664 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14665 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14666
14667 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14668
14669 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14670 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14671 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14672 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14673 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14674
14675 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14676
14677 (defvar message-signature t "\
14678 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14679 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14680 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14681 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14682
14683 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14684
14685 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14686 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14687 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14688 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14689
14690 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14691
14692 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14693
14694 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14695 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14696 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14697 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14698 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14699 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14700 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14701 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14702 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14703 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14704 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14705 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14706 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14707 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14708 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14709 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14710 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14711 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14712 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14713 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14714 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14715 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14716 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14717 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14718 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14723 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14724 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14725
14726 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14727
14728 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14729 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14730
14731 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14732
14733 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14734 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14735
14736 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14739 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14740
14741 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14742
14743 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14744 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14745 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14746
14747 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14748
14749 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14750 Cancel an article you posted.
14751 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14752
14753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14754
14755 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14756 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14757 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14758 header line with the old Message-ID.
14759
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14763 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14768 Forward the current message via mail.
14769 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14770 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14771
14772 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14775 Not documented
14776
14777 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14778
14779 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14780 Not documented
14781
14782 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14783
14784 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14785 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14786
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14790 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14791
14792 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14793
14794 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14795 Re-mail the current message.
14796 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14797 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14798 you.
14799
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14801
14802 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14803 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14804
14805 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14808 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14809
14810 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14813 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14814
14815 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14818 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14819
14820 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14821
14822 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14823 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14824 Works by overstriking characters.
14825 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14826 which specify the range to operate on.
14827
14828 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14831 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14832 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14833 which specify the range to operate on.
14834
14835 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14836
14837 ;;;***
14838 \f
14839 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14840 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14842
14843 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14844 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14845 Special commands:
14846 \\{meta-mode-map}
14847
14848 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14849 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14850
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14854 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14855 Special commands:
14856 \\{meta-mode-map}
14857
14858 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14859 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14860
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14862
14863 ;;;***
14864 \f
14865 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14866 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14867 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
14868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14869
14870 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14871 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14872 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14873
14874 \(fn)" t nil)
14875
14876 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14877 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14878 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14879 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14880 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14881 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14882 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14883
14884 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14885
14886 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14887 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14888 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14889 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14890 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14891 means current).
14892 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14893 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14894
14895 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14896
14897 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14898 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14899 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14900 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14901 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14902 means current).
14903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14905
14906 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14907
14908 ;;;***
14909 \f
14910 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14911 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16211
14912 ;;;;;; 27036))
14913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14914
14915 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14916 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14917 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14918 to the MH mail system.
14919
14920 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14921
14922 \(fn)" t nil)
14923
14924 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14925 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14926 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14927 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14928 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14929 that want to create a mail buffer.
14930 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14931 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14932 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14933
14934 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14935
14936 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14937 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14938 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14939
14940 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14941 initial Subject field, respectively.
14942
14943 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14944 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14945 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14946
14947 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14948
14949 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14952 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14953 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14954 to the MH mail system.
14955
14956 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14957
14958 \(fn)" t nil)
14959
14960 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14961 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14962
14963 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14964 using the MH mail handling system.
14965
14966 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14967 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14968 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14969 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14970 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14971 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14972 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14973
14974 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14975 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14976
14977 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14978 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14979
14980 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14981
14982 \(fn)" t nil)
14983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14984
14985 ;;;***
14986 \f
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14988 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14990
14991 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14992 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14993 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14994 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14995
14996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14997
14998 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14999 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
15000 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
15001 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
15002
15003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15004
15005 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
15006 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
15007
15008 \(fn)" t nil)
15009
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
15014
15015 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15016
15017 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15018
15019 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15020
15021 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15022
15023 ;;;***
15024 \f
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
15026 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16211 27017))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
15028
15029 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
15030 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
15031 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
15032 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
15033 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
15034 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
15035 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
15036 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
15037 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
15038 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
15039 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
15040
15041 \(fn)" t nil)
15042
15043 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
15044 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
15045 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
15046 to its second argument TM.
15047
15048 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
15049
15050 ;;;***
15051 \f
15052 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
15053 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16211 27017))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
15055
15056 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
15057 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
15058 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15060 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
15061
15062 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
15063
15064 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
15065 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
15066 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
15067 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
15068 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
15069 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
15070 default indication.
15071
15072 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15073 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15074
15075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15076
15077 ;;;***
15078 \f
15079 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15080 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15082
15083 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15084 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15085 \\{mixal-mode-map}
15086
15087 \(fn)" t nil)
15088
15089 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15090
15091 ;;;***
15092 \f
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15094 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15095 ;;;;;; (16232 560))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15097
15098 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15099 Not documented
15100
15101 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15104 Not documented
15105
15106 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15107
15108 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15109 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15110 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15111 PATTERN regexp.
15112
15113 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15114
15115 ;;;***
15116 \f
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15118 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15120
15121 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15122 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15123 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15124 the entire message.
15125 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15126
15127 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15128
15129 ;;;***
15130 \f
15131 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15132 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15134
15135 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15136 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15137
15138 \(fn)" nil nil)
15139
15140 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15141 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15142
15143 \(fn)" nil nil)
15144
15145 ;;;***
15146 \f
15147 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15148 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15150
15151 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15152 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15153 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15154 followed by the first character of the construct.
15155 \\<m2-mode-map>
15156 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15157 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15158 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15159 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15160 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15161 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15162 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15163 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15164 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15165 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15166 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15167 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15168 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15169 \\[m2-link] link
15170
15171 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15172 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15173 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15174
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15176
15177 ;;;***
15178 \f
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15180 ;;;;;; (16211 27038))
15181 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15182
15183 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15184 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15185
15186 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15189 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15190
15191 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15192
15193 ;;;***
15194 \f
15195 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16211
15196 ;;;;;; 27017))
15197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15198
15199 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15200 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15201 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15203 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15204
15205 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15206
15207 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15208 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15209 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15210 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15211
15212 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15213
15214 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15215
15216 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15217
15218 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15219 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15220 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15221 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15222 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15223 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15224
15225 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15226 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15227 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15228 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15229 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15230
15231 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15232 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15233
15234 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15235 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15236
15237 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15238
15239 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15240 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15241 primary selection and region.
15242
15243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15244
15245 ;;;***
15246 \f
15247 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16211 27038))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15249
15250 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15251 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15252
15253 \(fn)" t nil)
15254
15255 ;;;***
15256 \f
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16211 27017))
15258 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15259
15260 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15261 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15262 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15264 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15265
15266 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15267
15268 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15269 Toggle Msb mode.
15270 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15271 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15272 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15273
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15275
15276 ;;;***
15277 \f
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15279 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15280 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15281 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15282 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15283 ;;;;;; (16259 31301))
15284 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15285
15286 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15287 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15288 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15289 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15290 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15291 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15292 set of ISO charsets.
15293
15294 Each element has the following format:
15295 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15296
15297 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15298
15299 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15300 CHARSET are mapped.
15301
15302 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15303 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15304 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15305 character code in CHARSET.
15306
15307 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15308 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15309 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15310 or
15311 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15312 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15313 TO2, or...
15314 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15315 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15316
15317 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15318 Display a list of all character sets.
15319
15320 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15321 internal Emacs use.
15322
15323 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15324 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15325 hexadecimal digits.
15326 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15327 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15328
15329 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15330 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15331 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15332 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15333
15334 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15335 but still shows the full information.
15336
15337 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15338
15339 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15340 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15341 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15342 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15343 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15344
15345 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15346 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15347 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15348 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15349 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15350
15351 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15352
15353 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15354 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15355 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15356 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15357 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15358
15359 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15360
15361 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15362 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15363
15364 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15365
15366 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15367 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15368
15369 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15370
15371 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15372 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15373
15374 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15375 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15376 in place of `..':
15377 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15378 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15379 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15380 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15381 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15382 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15383 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15384 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15385 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15386 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15387 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15388 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15389 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15390 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15391 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15392 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15393
15394 \(fn)" t nil)
15395
15396 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15397 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15398
15399 \(fn)" t nil)
15400
15401 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15402 Display a list of all coding systems.
15403 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15404
15405 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15406 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15407
15408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15409
15410 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15411 Display a list of all coding categories.
15412
15413 \(fn)" nil nil)
15414
15415 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15416 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15417
15418 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15419
15420 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15421 Display information about FONTSET.
15422 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15423
15424 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15425
15426 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15427 Display a list of all fontsets.
15428 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15429 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15430 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15431
15432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15433
15434 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15435 Display information about all input methods.
15436
15437 \(fn)" t nil)
15438
15439 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15440 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15441
15442 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15443 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15444 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15445 system which uses fontsets).
15446
15447 \(fn)" t nil)
15448
15449 ;;;***
15450 \f
15451 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15452 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15453 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15454 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15455 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15456 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16211 37839))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15458
15459 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15460 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15461 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15462
15463 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15464
15465 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15466
15467 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15468 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15469
15470 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15471 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15472
15473 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15474 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15475
15476 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15477
15478 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15479 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15480 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15481 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15482 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15483 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15484 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15485
15486 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15487 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15488 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15489 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15490 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15491 middle of a character in STR.
15492
15493 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15494 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15495
15496 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15497 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15498 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15499 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15500 defaults to \"...\".
15501
15502 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15503
15504 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15505
15506 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15507
15508 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15509 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15510
15511 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15512 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15513 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15514
15515 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15516 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15517 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15518
15519 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15520 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15521 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15522 is considered.
15523 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15524 longer than KEYSEQ.
15525 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15526
15527 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15528
15529 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15530 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15531 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15532 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15533 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15534 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15535 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15536 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15537 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15538 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15539 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15540
15541 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15542
15543 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15544 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15545
15546 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15547
15548 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15549 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15550
15551 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15552
15553 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15554 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15555
15556 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15557
15558 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15559 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15560
15561 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15562
15563 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15564 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15565 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15566 or one is an alias of the other.
15567
15568 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15569
15570 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15571 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15572 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15573 coding systems ordered by priority.
15574
15575 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15576
15577 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15578 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15579 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15580 language environment LANG-ENV.
15581
15582 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15583
15584 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15585 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15586 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15587 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15588 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15589 basis, this may not be accurate.
15590
15591 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15592
15593 ;;;***
15594 \f
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15596 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15598
15599 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15600 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15601 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15603 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15604
15605 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15606
15607 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15608 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15609 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15610 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15611
15612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15613
15614 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15615 Enable mouse wheel support.
15616
15617 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15618
15619 ;;;***
15620 \f
15621 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15622 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15623 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15624 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16211 27037))
15625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15626
15627 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15628 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15629
15630 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15631
15632 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15633 Ping HOST.
15634 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15635 `ping-program-options'.
15636
15637 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15638
15639 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15640 Run ipconfig program.
15641
15642 \(fn)" t nil)
15643
15644 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15645
15646 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15647 Run netstat program.
15648
15649 \(fn)" t nil)
15650
15651 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15652 Run the arp program.
15653
15654 \(fn)" t nil)
15655
15656 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15657 Run the route program.
15658
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15660
15661 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15662 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15663
15664 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15665
15666 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15667 Run nslookup program.
15668
15669 \(fn)" t nil)
15670
15671 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15672 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15673
15674 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15677 Run dig program.
15678
15679 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15682 Run ftp program.
15683
15684 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15687 Finger USER on HOST.
15688
15689 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15690
15691 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15692 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15693 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15694 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15695
15696 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15699 Not documented
15700
15701 \(fn)" t nil)
15702
15703 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15704 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15705
15706 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15707
15708 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15709 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15710
15711 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15712
15713 ;;;***
15714 \f
15715 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15716 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15717 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15718 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15719 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16281 48394))
15720 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15721
15722 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15723
15724 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15725
15726 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15727
15728 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15729
15730 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15731 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15732 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15733 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15734 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15735 Major modes should set this variable.")
15736
15737 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15738 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15739 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15740 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15741 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15742 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15743
15744 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15745
15746 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15747 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15748
15749 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15750 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15751 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15752 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15753
15754 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15755 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15756
15757 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15758 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15759 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15760
15761 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15762 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15763 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15764 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15765 column indentation or nil.
15766 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15767
15768 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15769 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15770 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15771
15772 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15773
15774 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15775 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15776 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15777 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15778
15779 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15780 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15781
15782 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15783
15784 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15785 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15786 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15787
15788 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15789
15790 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15791 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15792 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15793 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15794 the variables are properly set.
15795
15796 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15797
15798 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15799 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15800
15801 \(fn)" nil nil)
15802
15803 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15804 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15805 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15806
15807 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15808
15809 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15810 Set the comment column based on point.
15811 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15812 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15813 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15814 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15815
15816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15817
15818 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15819 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15820 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15821
15822 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15823
15824 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15825 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15826 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15827 comment markers.
15828
15829 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15830
15831 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15832 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15833 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15834 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15835 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15836 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15837 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15838 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15839
15840 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15841 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15842
15843 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15844
15845 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15846 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15847 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15848 is passed on to the respective function.
15849
15850 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15851
15852 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15853 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15854 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15855 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15856 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15857 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15858 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15859 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15860
15861 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15862
15863 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15864 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15865 This indents the body of the continued comment
15866 under the previous comment line.
15867
15868 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15869 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15870 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15871
15872 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15873 or comment indentation.
15874
15875 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15876 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15877
15878 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15879
15880 ;;;***
15881 \f
15882 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16211
15883 ;;;;;; 27028))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15885
15886 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15887 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15888 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15889 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15890 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15891 symbol in the alist.
15892
15893 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15894
15895 ;;;***
15896 \f
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15898 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15900
15901 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15902 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15903 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 ;;;***
15908 \f
15909 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15910 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15912
15913 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15914 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15915 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15916
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15922 ;;;;;; (16211 27028))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15924
15925 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15926 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15927
15928 \(fn)" t nil)
15929
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15933 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16211 27029))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15935
15936 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15937 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15938
15939 \(fn)" t nil)
15940
15941 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15942 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15943
15944 \(fn)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15947 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15948
15949 \(fn)" t nil)
15950
15951 ;;;***
15952 \f
15953 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15954 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16211 27017))
15955 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15956
15957 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15958 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15959 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15960
15961 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15962 Not documented
15963
15964 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15965
15966 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15967 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15968 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15969 to future sessions.
15970
15971 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15974 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15975 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15976 to future sessions.
15977
15978 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15979
15980 ;;;***
15981 \f
15982 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15983 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
15984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15985
15986 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15987 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15988 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15989 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15990 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15991 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15992
15993 \(fn)" t nil)
15994
15995 ;;;***
15996 \f
15997 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15998 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
15999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
16000
16001 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
16002 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
16003 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
16004 specified by `octave-help-files'.
16005 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
16006
16007 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
16008
16009 ;;;***
16010 \f
16011 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
16012 ;;;;;; (16288 23099))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
16014
16015 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
16016 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
16017 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
16018
16019 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
16020
16021 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
16022 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
16023
16024 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
16025 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
16026 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
16027
16028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16029
16030 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
16031
16032 ;;;***
16033 \f
16034 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
16035 ;;;;;; (16281 48394))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
16037
16038 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
16039 Major mode for editing Octave code.
16040
16041 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
16042 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
16043 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
16044 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
16045
16046 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
16047 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
16048 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
16049 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
16050 is why you need this mode!).
16051
16052 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
16053 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
16054 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
16055
16056 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
16057
16058 Keybindings
16059 ===========
16060
16061 \\{octave-mode-map}
16062
16063 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
16064 ==============================================
16065
16066 octave-auto-indent
16067 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
16068 Default is nil.
16069
16070 octave-auto-newline
16071 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
16072 Default is nil.
16073
16074 octave-blink-matching-block
16075 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
16076 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
16077
16078 octave-block-offset
16079 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16080 Default is 2.
16081
16082 octave-continuation-offset
16083 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16084 Default is 4.
16085
16086 octave-continuation-string
16087 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16088 Default is a backslash.
16089
16090 octave-mode-startup-message
16091 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16092 Default is t.
16093
16094 octave-send-echo-input
16095 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16096 command to the inferior Octave process.
16097
16098 octave-send-line-auto-forward
16099 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16100 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16101
16102 octave-send-echo-input
16103 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16104
16105 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16106
16107 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16108 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16109
16110 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16111 (setq auto-mode-alist
16112 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16113
16114 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16115 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16116
16117 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16118 (lambda ()
16119 (abbrev-mode 1)
16120 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16121 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16122 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16123
16124 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16125 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16126 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16127 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16128
16129 \(fn)" t nil)
16130
16131 ;;;***
16132 \f
16133 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16134 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
16135 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16136
16137 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16138 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16139 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16140
16141 \(fn)" t nil)
16142
16143 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16144 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16145 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16146 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16147 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16148
16149 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16150
16151 \(fn)" t nil)
16152
16153 ;;;***
16154 \f
16155 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16156 ;;;;;; (16211 27017))
16157 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16158
16159 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16160 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16161 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16162 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16163
16164 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16165 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16166 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16167 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16168
16169 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16170 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16171 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16172 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16173 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16174 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16175
16176 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16177 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16178 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16179
16180 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16181 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16182 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16183 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16184 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16185 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16186 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16187 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16188 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16189 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16190 The subheadings remain visible.
16191 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16192
16193 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16194 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16195 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16196
16197 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16198 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16199
16200 \(fn)" t nil)
16201
16202 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16203 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16204 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16205 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16206
16207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16208
16209 ;;;***
16210 \f
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16211 27017))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16213
16214 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16215 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16216 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16218 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16219
16220 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16221
16222 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16223 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16224 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16225 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16226
16227 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16228 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16229
16230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16231
16232 ;;;***
16233 \f
16234 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16235 ;;;;;; (16243 59668))
16236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16237
16238 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16239 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16240 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16241 unknown are returned as nil.
16242
16243 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16244
16245 ;;;***
16246 \f
16247 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16211
16248 ;;;;;; 27039))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16250
16251 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16252 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16253 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16254
16255 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16256 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16257
16258 Other useful functions are:
16259
16260 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16261 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16262 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16263 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16264 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16265 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16266 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16267 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16268 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16269
16270 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16271
16272 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16273 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16274 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16275 Indentation for case statements.
16276 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16277 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16278 mark after an end.
16279 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16280 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16281 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16282 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16283 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16284 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16285 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16286 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16287 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16288 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16289
16290 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16291 pascal-separator-keywords.
16292
16293 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16294 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16295
16296 \(fn)" t nil)
16297
16298 ;;;***
16299 \f
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16301 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16303
16304 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16305 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16306 The keys affected are:
16307 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16308 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16309 M-Backspace does undo.
16310 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16311 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16312 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16313
16314 \(fn)" t nil)
16315
16316 ;;;***
16317 \f
16318 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16319 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16211 27026))
16320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16321
16322 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16323 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16324 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16326 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16327
16328 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16329
16330 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16331 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16332
16333 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16334
16335 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16336 which modify the status of the mark.
16337
16338 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16339 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16340
16341 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16342 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16343
16344 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16345 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16346 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16347 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16348 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16349
16350 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16351 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16352
16353 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16354 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16355 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16356
16357 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16358 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16359 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16360
16361 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16362 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16363
16364 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16365 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16366 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16367
16368 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16369 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16370 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16371
16372 F6 other-window
16373 DELETE delete-char
16374 C-DELETE kill-line
16375 M-DELETE kill-word
16376 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16377 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16378 M-BACKSPACE undo
16379
16380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16381
16382 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16383 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16384 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16385 and cursor movement commands.
16386 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16387 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16388
16389 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16390
16391 ;;;***
16392 \f
16393 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16211
16394 ;;;;;; 27017))
16395 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16396
16397 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16398 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16399
16400 \(fn)" nil nil)
16401
16402 ;;;***
16403 \f
16404 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16405 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16211 27017))
16406 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16407
16408 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16409 Completion for `gzip'.
16410
16411 \(fn)" nil nil)
16412
16413 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16414 Completion for `bzip2'.
16415
16416 \(fn)" nil nil)
16417
16418 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16419 Completion for GNU `make'.
16420
16421 \(fn)" nil nil)
16422
16423 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16424 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16425
16426 \(fn)" nil nil)
16427
16428 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16429
16430 ;;;***
16431 \f
16432 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16433 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16211 27017))
16434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16435
16436 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16437 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16438
16439 \(fn)" nil nil)
16440
16441 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16442 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16443
16444 \(fn)" nil nil)
16445
16446 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16447 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16448
16449 \(fn)" nil nil)
16450
16451 ;;;***
16452 \f
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16211
16454 ;;;;;; 27017))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16456
16457 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16458 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16459 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16460 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16461 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16462 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16463
16464 \(fn)" nil nil)
16465
16466 ;;;***
16467 \f
16468 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16469 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16470 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16211 27017))
16471 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16472
16473 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16474 Completion for `cd'.
16475
16476 \(fn)" nil nil)
16477
16478 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16479
16480 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16481 Completion for `rmdir'.
16482
16483 \(fn)" nil nil)
16484
16485 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16486 Completion for `rm'.
16487
16488 \(fn)" nil nil)
16489
16490 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16491 Completion for `xargs'.
16492
16493 \(fn)" nil nil)
16494
16495 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16496
16497 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16498 Completion for `which'.
16499
16500 \(fn)" nil nil)
16501
16502 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16503 Completion for the `chown' command.
16504
16505 \(fn)" nil nil)
16506
16507 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16508 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16509
16510 \(fn)" nil nil)
16511
16512 ;;;***
16513 \f
16514 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16515 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16516 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16211
16517 ;;;;;; 27017))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16519
16520 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16521 Support extensible programmable completion.
16522 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16523 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16524
16525 \(fn)" t nil)
16526
16527 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16528 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16529
16530 \(fn)" t nil)
16531
16532 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16533 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16534 This will modify the current buffer.
16535
16536 \(fn)" t nil)
16537
16538 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16539 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16540
16541 \(fn)" t nil)
16542
16543 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16544 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16545 This will modify the current buffer.
16546
16547 \(fn)" t nil)
16548
16549 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16550 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16551
16552 \(fn)" t nil)
16553
16554 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16555 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16556
16557 \(fn)" t nil)
16558
16559 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16560 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16561 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16562 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16563 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16564
16565 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16566
16567 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16568 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16569
16570 \(fn)" nil nil)
16571
16572 ;;;***
16573 \f
16574 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16575 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16576 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16248 17500))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16578
16579 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16580 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16581 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16582 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16583
16584 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16585
16586 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16587
16588 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16589 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16590 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16591 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16592 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16593 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16594 FLAGS is ignored.
16595
16596 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16597
16598 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16599 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16600 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16601 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16602 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16603 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16604 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16605 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16606
16607 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16608
16609 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16610 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16611 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16612 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16613 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16614 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16615 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16616 passed to cvs.
16617
16618 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16619
16620 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16621 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16622 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16623 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16624 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16625 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16626 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16627
16628 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16629
16630 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16631
16632 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16633 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16634 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16635
16636 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16637
16638 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16639 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16640 nil means never do it.
16641 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16642 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16643 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16644
16645 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16646
16647 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16648 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16649 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16650
16651 ;;;***
16652 \f
16653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16211 27018))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16655
16656 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16657
16658 ;;;***
16659 \f
16660 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16661 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
16662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16663
16664 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16665 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16666 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16667 Tab indents for Perl code.
16668 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16669 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16670 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16671 \\{perl-mode-map}
16672 Variables controlling indentation style:
16673 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16674 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16675 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16676 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16677 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16678 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16679 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16680 `perl-nochange'
16681 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16682 `perl-indent-level'
16683 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16684 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16685 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16686 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16687 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16688 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16689 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16690 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16691 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16692 `perl-brace-offset'
16693 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16694 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16695 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16696 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16697 `perl-label-offset'
16698 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16699 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16700 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16701
16702 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16703 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16704 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16705 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16706 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16707 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16708 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16709
16710 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16711
16712 \(fn)" t nil)
16713
16714 ;;;***
16715 \f
16716 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16717 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16719
16720 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16721 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16722 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16723 afterwards settable by these commands:
16724 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16725 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16726 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16727 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16728 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16729 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16730 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16731 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16732 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16733 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16734 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16735 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16736 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16737 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16738 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16739 with these commands:
16740 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16741 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16742 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16743 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16744 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16745 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16746 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16747 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16748 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16749 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16750 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16751 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16752 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16753 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16754 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16755 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16756 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16757 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16758 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16759 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16760 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16761 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16762 text is saved in the kill ring.
16763 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16764 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16765 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16766 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16767 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16768 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16769 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16770 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16771 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16772 commands if invoked soon enough.
16773 You can return to the previous mode with:
16774 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16775 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16776
16777 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16778
16779 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16780 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16781
16782 \(fn)" t nil)
16783
16784 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16785
16786 ;;;***
16787 \f
16788 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16789 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16791
16792 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16793 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16794 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16795
16796 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16797
16798 ;;;***
16799 \f
16800 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16211 27038))
16801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16802
16803 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16804 Play pong and waste time.
16805 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16806 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16807
16808 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16809
16810 \\{pong-mode-map}
16811
16812 \(fn)" t nil)
16813
16814 ;;;***
16815 \f
16816 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16817 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16211 27026))
16818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16819
16820 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16821 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16822 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16823 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16824
16825 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16826
16827 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16828 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16829 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16830 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16831 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16832
16833 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16834
16835 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16836 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16837 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16838 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16839 in the variable `values'.
16840
16841 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16842
16843 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16844 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16845 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16846 Ignores leading comment characters.
16847
16848 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16849
16850 ;;;***
16851 \f
16852 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16853 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16854 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16855 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16856 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16857 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16858 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16859 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16860 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16861 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16862 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16863 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16864 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16865 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16866 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16867 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16868 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16869 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16870 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16872
16873 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16874 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16875
16876 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16877
16878 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16879
16880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16881
16882 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16883 Preview directory using ghostview.
16884
16885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16886 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16887 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16888 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16889
16890 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16891 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16892 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16893 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16894 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16895 file name.
16896
16897 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16898
16899 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16900
16901 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16902 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16903
16904 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16905 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16906 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16907 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16908
16909 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16910 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16911 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16912 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16913 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16914 file name.
16915
16916 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16917
16918 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16919
16920 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16921 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16922
16923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16927
16928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16933 file name.
16934
16935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16936
16937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16938
16939 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16940 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16941
16942 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16943
16944 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16945 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16946 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16947 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16948
16949 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16950 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16951 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16952 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16953 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16954 file name.
16955
16956 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16957
16958 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16959
16960 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16961 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16962
16963 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16964 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16965 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16966
16967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16968 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16969 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16970 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16971
16972 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16973
16974 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16975 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16976
16977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16978 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16979 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16980
16981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16982 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16983 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16984 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16985
16986 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16987
16988 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16989 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16990
16991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16992 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16993 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16994
16995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16996 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16997 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16998 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16999
17000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17001
17002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
17003 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17004
17005 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
17006
17007 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17008 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17009 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17010
17011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17012 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
17013 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
17014 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17015
17016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17017
17018 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
17019 Preview region using ghostview.
17020
17021 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17022
17023 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17024
17025 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17026 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
17027
17028 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17029
17030 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17031
17032 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
17033 Print region using PostScript printer.
17034
17035 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17036
17037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17038
17039 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
17040 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17041
17042 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17043
17044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17045
17046 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
17047 Preview major mode using ghostview.
17048
17049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17050
17051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17052
17053 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17054 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
17055
17056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17057
17058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17059
17060 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
17061 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
17062
17063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17064
17065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17066
17067 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
17068 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
17069
17070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17071
17072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17073
17074 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
17075 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
17076 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17077 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17078
17079 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17080 matching.
17081
17082 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17083 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17084
17085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17086
17087 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17088
17089 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17090 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17091 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17092 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17093
17094 \(fn)" t nil)
17095
17096 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17097 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17098 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17099 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17100
17101 \(fn)" t nil)
17102
17103 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17104 Print directory using text printer.
17105
17106 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17107 matching.
17108
17109 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17110 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17111
17112 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17113
17114 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17115
17116 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17117 Print buffer using text printer.
17118
17119 \(fn)" t nil)
17120
17121 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17122 Print region using text printer.
17123
17124 \(fn)" t nil)
17125
17126 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17127 Print major mode using text printer.
17128
17129 \(fn)" t nil)
17130
17131 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17132 Preview spooled PostScript.
17133
17134 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17135 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17136 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17137
17138 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17139 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17140 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17141
17142 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17143
17144 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17145 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17146
17147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17149 instead of sending it to the printer.
17150
17151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17152 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17153 image in a file with that name.
17154
17155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17156
17157 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17158 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17159
17160 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17161 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17162 instead of sending it to the printer.
17163
17164 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17165 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17166 image in a file with that name.
17167
17168 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17169
17170 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17171 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17172
17173 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17174 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17175 instead of sending it to the printer.
17176
17177 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17178 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17179 image in a file with that name.
17180
17181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17182
17183 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17184 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17185
17186 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17187
17188 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17189 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17190
17191 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17192
17193 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17194 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17195
17196 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17197
17198 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17199 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17200
17201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17202
17203 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17204 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17205
17206 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17207
17208 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17209 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17210
17211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17212 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17213 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17214 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17215
17216 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17217 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17218 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17219 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17220 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17221 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17222 file name.
17223
17224 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17225
17226 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17227 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17228
17229 \(fn)" t nil)
17230
17231 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17232 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17233
17234 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17235 right.
17236 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17237 bottom.
17238
17239 \(fn)" t nil)
17240
17241 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17242 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17243
17244 \(fn)" t nil)
17245
17246 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17247 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17248
17249 \(fn)" t nil)
17250
17251 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17252 Toggle printing with faces.
17253
17254 \(fn)" t nil)
17255
17256 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17257 Toggle spooling.
17258
17259 \(fn)" t nil)
17260
17261 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17262 Toggle duplex.
17263
17264 \(fn)" t nil)
17265
17266 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17267 Toggle tumble.
17268
17269 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17270 right.
17271 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17272 bottom.
17273
17274 \(fn)" t nil)
17275
17276 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17277 Toggle landscape.
17278
17279 \(fn)" t nil)
17280
17281 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17282 Toggle upside-down.
17283
17284 \(fn)" t nil)
17285
17286 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17287 Toggle line number.
17288
17289 \(fn)" t nil)
17290
17291 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17292 Toggle zebra stripes.
17293
17294 \(fn)" t nil)
17295
17296 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17297 Toggle printing header.
17298
17299 \(fn)" t nil)
17300
17301 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17302 Toggle printing header frame.
17303
17304 \(fn)" t nil)
17305
17306 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17307 Toggle menu lock.
17308
17309 \(fn)" t nil)
17310
17311 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17312 Toggle auto region.
17313
17314 \(fn)" t nil)
17315
17316 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17317 Toggle auto mode.
17318
17319 \(fn)" t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17322 Customization of `printing' group.
17323
17324 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17325
17326 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17327 Customization of `lpr' group.
17328
17329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17330
17331 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17332 Help for printing package.
17333
17334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17335
17336 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17337 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17338
17339 \(fn)" t nil)
17340
17341 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17342 Select interactively a text printer.
17343
17344 \(fn)" t nil)
17345
17346 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17347 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17348
17349 \(fn)" t nil)
17350
17351 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17352 Show current ps-print settings.
17353
17354 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17355
17356 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17357 Show current printing settings.
17358
17359 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17360
17361 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17362 Show current lpr settings.
17363
17364 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17365
17366 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17367 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17368
17369 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17370 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17371 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17372 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17373
17374
17375 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17376
17377 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17378 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17379 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17380
17381 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17382 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17383 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17384 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17385 current active printer.
17386
17387 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17388 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17389 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17390 printer.
17391
17392 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17393 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17394 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17395 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17396 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17397
17398
17399 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17400 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17401
17402 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17403
17404 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17405 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17406 be done using the new current active printer.
17407
17408 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17409 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17410 printer.
17411
17412 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17413 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17414 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17415 instead of sending it to the printer.
17416
17417 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17418 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17419 printer.
17420
17421 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17422
17423
17424 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17425 are both set to t.
17426
17427 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17428
17429 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17430 Fast fire function for text printing.
17431
17432 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17433 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17434 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17435 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17436
17437 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17438 user for a new active text printer.
17439
17440 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17441
17442 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17443
17444 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17445 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17446 printer.
17447
17448 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17449
17450 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17451 are both set to t.
17452
17453 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17454
17455 ;;;***
17456 \f
17457 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17458 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17460
17461 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17462 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17463 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17464 Commands:
17465 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17466 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17467 if that value is non-nil.
17468
17469 \(fn)" t nil)
17470
17471 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17472 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17473
17474 \(fn)" t nil)
17475
17476 ;;;***
17477 \f
17478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16211 27018))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17480
17481 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17482 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17483 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17484
17485 ;;;***
17486 \f
17487 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16211
17488 ;;;;;; 27039))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17490
17491 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17492 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17493
17494 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17495
17496 The following variables hold user options, and can
17497 be set through the `customize' command:
17498
17499 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17500 `ps-mode-tab'
17501 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17502 `ps-mode-print-function'
17503 `ps-run-prompt'
17504 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17505 `ps-run-x'
17506 `ps-run-dumb'
17507 `ps-run-init'
17508 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17509 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17510
17511 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17512
17513
17514 \\{ps-mode-map}
17515
17516
17517 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17518 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17519 The keymap for this second window is:
17520
17521 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17522
17523
17524 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17525 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17526 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17527 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17528 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17529
17530 \(fn)" t nil)
17531
17532 ;;;***
17533 \f
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17535 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17536 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17537 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16211 27018))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17539
17540 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17541 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17542
17543 Valid values are:
17544
17545 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17546 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17547 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17548 changed by setting the variable
17549 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17550 The initial value of this variable is
17551 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17552 documentation).
17553
17554 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17555 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17556 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17557 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17558 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17559 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17560 test it.
17561
17562 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17563 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17564 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17565 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17566 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17567 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17568 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17569 use this value, be sure to have installed
17570 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17571 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17572 documentation of this variable).
17573
17574 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17575 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17576 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17577 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17578 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17579 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17580
17581 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17582
17583 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17584
17585 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17586 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17587 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17588
17589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17590
17591 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17592 Not documented
17593
17594 \(fn)" nil nil)
17595
17596 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17597 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17598
17599 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17600
17601 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17602
17603 Returns the value:
17604
17605 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17606
17607 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17608 the sequence.
17609
17610 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17611
17612 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17613 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17614
17615 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17616 composition.
17617
17618 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17619
17620 Returns the value:
17621
17622 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17623
17624 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17625 the sequence.
17626
17627 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17628
17629 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17630 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17631
17632 \(fn)" nil nil)
17633
17634 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17635 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17636 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17637
17638 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17639
17640 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17641 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17642
17643 \(fn)" nil nil)
17644
17645 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17646 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17647 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17648
17649 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17650
17651 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17652 Not documented
17653
17654 \(fn)" nil nil)
17655
17656 ;;;***
17657 \f
17658 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17659 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17660 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17661 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17662 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17663 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16211
17664 ;;;;;; 27018))
17665 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17666
17667 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17668 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17669 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17670
17671 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17672
17673 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17674 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17675 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17676 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17677
17678 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17679
17680 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17681 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17682
17683 Valid values are:
17684
17685 nil Do not print colors.
17686
17687 t Print colors.
17688
17689 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17690 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17691
17692 Any other value is treated as t.")
17693
17694 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17695
17696 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17697 Customization of ps-print group.
17698
17699 \(fn)" t nil)
17700
17701 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17702 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17703
17704 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17705 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17706 sending it to the printer.
17707
17708 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17709 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17710 image in a file with that name.
17711
17712 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17713
17714 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17715 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17716 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17717 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17718 so it has a way to determine color values.
17719
17720 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17721
17722 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17723 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17724 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17725
17726 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17727
17728 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17729 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17730 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17731 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17732 so it has a way to determine color values.
17733
17734 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17737 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17738 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17739 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17740
17741 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17742
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17744
17745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17747 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17748 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17749 so it has a way to determine color values.
17750
17751 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17752
17753 \(fn)" t nil)
17754
17755 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17756 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17757 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17758
17759 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17760
17761 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17762
17763 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17764 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17765 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17766 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17767 so it has a way to determine color values.
17768
17769 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17770
17771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17772
17773 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17774 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17775
17776 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17777 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17778 instead of sending it to the printer.
17779
17780 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17781 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17782 image in a file with that name.
17783
17784 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17785
17786 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17787 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17788 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17789 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17790 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17791
17792 \(fn)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17795 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17796 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17797
17798 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17801 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17802 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17803
17804 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17805
17806 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17807 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17808
17809 \(fn)" nil nil)
17810
17811 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17812 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17813
17814 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17815 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17816
17817 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17818 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17819
17820 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17821
17822 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17823
17824 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17825
17826 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17827 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17828
17829 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17830 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17831
17832 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17833 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17834
17835 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17836
17837 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17838
17839 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17840
17841 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17842 foreground and background colors respectively.
17843
17844 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17845 bold - use bold font.
17846 italic - use italic font.
17847 underline - put a line under text.
17848 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17849 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17850 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17851 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17852 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17853
17854 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17855
17856 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17857
17858 ;;;***
17859 \f
17860 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17861 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17862 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17863 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17864 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16303 32090))
17865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17866
17867 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17868 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17869
17870 \(fn)" nil nil)
17871
17872 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17873 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17874 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17875
17876 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17877 `quail-activate', which see.
17878
17879 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17880
17881 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17882 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17883 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17884 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17885 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17886 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17887 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17888
17889 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17890 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17891 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17892 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17893 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17894 shown.
17895 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17896
17897 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17898 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17899 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17900 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17901 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17902 list of candidates.
17903
17904 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17905 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17906 command to be called.
17907
17908 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17909 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17910 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17911 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17912
17913 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17914 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17915 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17916 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17917 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17918 to t.
17919
17920 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17921 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17922 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17923 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17924
17925 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17926 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17927 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17928 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17929
17930 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17931 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17932 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17933 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17934 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17935 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17936
17937 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17938 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17939 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17940 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17941 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17942 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17943
17944 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17945 covers Quail translation region.
17946
17947 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17948 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17949 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17950 for it) is inserted.
17951
17952 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17953 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17954 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17955
17956 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17957 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17958 non-Quail commands.
17959
17960 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17961
17962 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17963 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17964
17965 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17966 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17967 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17968 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17969 you type is correctly handled.
17970
17971 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17974 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17975
17976 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17977 keyboard type.
17978
17979 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17980
17981 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17982 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17983 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17984 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17985 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17986 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17987 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17988 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17989 for the translation.
17990 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17991
17992 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17993 it is used to handle KEY.
17994
17995 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17996 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17997 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17998 the following annotation types are supported.
17999
18000 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
18001 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
18002
18003 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
18004 candidate list.
18005
18006 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
18007 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
18008 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
18009 inserted.
18010
18011 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
18012 generated for the following translations.
18013
18014 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
18015
18016 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
18017 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
18018
18019 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18020 which to install MAP.
18021
18022 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
18023
18024 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18025
18026 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
18027 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
18028
18029 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18030 which to install MAP.
18031
18032 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
18033
18034 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18035
18036 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
18037 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
18038 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
18039 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
18040 a function, or a cons.
18041 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
18042 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
18043 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
18044 for the translation.
18045 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
18046 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
18047 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
18048 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
18049 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
18050
18051 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
18052 it is used to handle KEY.
18053
18054 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
18055 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
18056 current Quail package.
18057
18058 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
18059 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18060
18061 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
18062
18063 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
18064 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
18065
18066 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
18067 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18068
18069 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
18070
18071 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
18072 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
18073
18074 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
18075
18076 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
18077 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18078 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18079 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18080 of the Emacs source tree.
18081
18082 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18083 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18084
18085 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18086 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18087 of each directory.
18088
18089 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18090
18091 ;;;***
18092 \f
18093 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18094 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18095 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16211
18096 ;;;;;; 27037))
18097 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18098
18099 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18100 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18101 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18102 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18103
18104 To make use of this do something like:
18105
18106 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18107
18108 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18109
18110 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18111 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18112
18113 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18114 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18115 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18116
18117 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18118
18119 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18120 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18121
18122 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18123
18124 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18125 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18126
18127 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18128 is decided.
18129
18130 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18131
18132 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18133 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18134
18135 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18136 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18137 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18138
18139 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18140
18141 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18142 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18143
18144 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18145
18146 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18147 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18148
18149 \(fn)" t nil)
18150
18151 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18152 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18153
18154 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18155
18156 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18157
18158 \(fn)" t nil)
18159
18160 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18161 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18162
18163 \(fn)" t nil)
18164
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16211
18168 ;;;;;; 27037))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18170
18171 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18172 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18173 See \\[compile].
18174
18175 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18176
18177 ;;;***
18178 \f
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18180 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18182
18183 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18184 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18185
18186 \(fn)" t nil)
18187
18188 ;;;***
18189 \f
18190 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16246 40636))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18192
18193 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18194 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18195 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18197 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18198
18199 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18200
18201 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18202 Toggle recentf mode.
18203 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18204 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18205
18206 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18207 that were operated on recently.
18208
18209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18210
18211 ;;;***
18212 \f
18213 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18214 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18215 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18216 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16211
18217 ;;;;;; 27018))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18219
18220 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18221 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18222 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18223 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18224
18225 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18226
18227 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18228
18229 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18230 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18231 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18232 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18233 ends.
18234
18235 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18236 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18237 to be deleted.
18238
18239 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18240
18241 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18242 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18243 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18244
18245 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18246 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18247 deleted.
18248
18249 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18250
18251 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18252 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18253 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18254
18255 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18256
18257 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18258 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18259
18260 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18261 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18262
18263 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18264 deleted.
18265
18266 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18267
18268 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18269 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18270
18271 \(fn)" t nil)
18272
18273 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18274 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18275 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18276 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18277 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18278 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18279 and point is at the lower right corner.
18280
18281 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18282
18283 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18284 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18285
18286 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18287 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18288
18289 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18290 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18291 on the right side of the rectangle.
18292
18293 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18294
18295 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18296
18297 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18298 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18299 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18300 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18301 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18302
18303 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18304 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18305
18306 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18307
18308 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18309 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18310 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18311
18312 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18313
18314 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18315
18316 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18317
18318 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18319 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18320
18321 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18322 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18323 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18324
18325 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18326
18327 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18328 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18329 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18330
18331 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18332 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18333 rectangle which were empty.
18334
18335 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16211
18340 ;;;;;; 27044))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18342
18343 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18344 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18345 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18346
18347 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18348 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18349 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18350
18351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18352
18353 ;;;***
18354 \f
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18356 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16211 27044))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18358
18359 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18360 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18361
18362 \(fn)" nil nil)
18363
18364 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18365 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18366
18367 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18368 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18369
18370 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18371 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18372 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18373 \\ref macro.
18374
18375 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18376 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18377 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18378
18379 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18380 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18381 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18382
18383 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18384 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18385
18386 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18387 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18388
18389 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18390 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18391 on the menu bar.
18392
18393 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18394
18395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18396
18397 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18398 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18399 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18400
18401 \(fn)" nil nil)
18402
18403 ;;;***
18404 \f
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18406 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18408
18409 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18410 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18411 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18412 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18413 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18414 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18415
18416 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18417
18418 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18419
18420 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18421 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18422 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18423 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18424
18425 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18426 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18427 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18428 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18429
18430 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18431
18432 ;;;***
18433 \f
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18435 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18437
18438 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18439 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18440 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18441
18442 To insert new phrases, use
18443 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18444 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18445
18446 To index phrases use one of:
18447
18448 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18449 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18450 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18451 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18452 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18453
18454 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18455 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18456
18457 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18458
18459 Here are all local bindings.
18460
18461 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18462
18463 \(fn)" t nil)
18464
18465 ;;;***
18466 \f
18467 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18468 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
18469 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18470
18471 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18472 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18473 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18474 of master file.
18475
18476 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18477
18478 ;;;***
18479 \f
18480 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18481 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18483
18484 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18485 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18486 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18487 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18488 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18489 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18490
18491 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18492 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18493
18494 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18495 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18496
18497 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18498
18499 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18500 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18501 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18502 in REGEXP.
18503
18504 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18505
18506 ;;;***
18507 \f
18508 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16211 27018))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18510
18511 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18512 Repeat most recently executed command.
18513 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18514 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18515 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18516
18517 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18518 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18519 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18520
18521 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18522
18523 ;;;***
18524 \f
18525 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18526 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18528
18529 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18530 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18531
18532 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18533 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18534 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18535 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18536 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18537 and point is left after the salutation.
18538
18539 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18540 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18541 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18542 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18543 left after that text.
18544
18545 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18546 is non-nil.
18547
18548 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18549 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18550 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18551 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18552
18553 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18554
18555 ;;;***
18556 \f
18557 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18558 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18559 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18560
18561 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18562 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18563 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18564 visibility of comments that precede it.
18565 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18566 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18567 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18568 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18569 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18570 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18571 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18572 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18573 the comment lines.
18574 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18575 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18576 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18577 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18578 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18579
18580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18581 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18582
18583 ;;;***
18584 \f
18585 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16211
18586 ;;;;;; 27018))
18587 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18588
18589 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18590 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18591
18592 \(fn)" nil nil)
18593
18594 ;;;***
18595 \f
18596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18597 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18598 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18599
18600 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18601 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18602 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18603
18604 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18605 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18606 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18607
18608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18609
18610 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18611 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18612 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18613 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18614 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18615
18616 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18617
18618 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18619 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18620 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18621
18622 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18623 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18624 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18625
18626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18627
18628 ;;;***
18629 \f
18630 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18631 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18632 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
18633 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18634
18635 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18636 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18637 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18638 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18639 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18640
18641 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18642
18643 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18644 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18645 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18646 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18647 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18648
18649 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18650
18651 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18652 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18653 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18655 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18656
18657 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18658
18659 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18660 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18661 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18662 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18663 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18664 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18665 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18666
18667 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18668 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18669
18670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18671
18672 ;;;***
18673 \f
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18675 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18677
18678 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18679 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18680
18681 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18682
18683 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18684 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18685
18686 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18687
18688 ;;;***
18689 \f
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16211 27037))
18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18692 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18693
18694 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18695 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18696 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18697 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18698
18699 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18700
18701 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18702 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18703 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18704 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18705
18706 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18707 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18708
18709 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18710 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18711
18712 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18713 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18714 INPUT-ARGS.
18715
18716 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18717 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18718 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18719 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18720 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18721
18722 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18723 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18724 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18725 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18726
18727 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18728 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18729 variable.
18730
18731 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18732
18733 ;;;***
18734 \f
18735 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18736 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18737 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18738 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18739 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18740 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18741 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16296 8718))
18742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18743
18744 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18745 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18746 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18747 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18748
18749 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18750
18751 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18752 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18753 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18754 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18755 value is the user's email address and name.)
18756 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18757
18758 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18759 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18760 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18761 which normally happens once for each message,
18762 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18763 To make a change in this variable take effect
18764 for a message that you have already viewed,
18765 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18766
18767 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18768
18769 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18770 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18771 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18772 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18773
18774 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18775
18776 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18777 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18778
18779 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18780
18781 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18782 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18783 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18784 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18785
18786 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18787
18788 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18789 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18790
18791 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18792
18793 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18794 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18795
18796 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18797
18798 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18799 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18800 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18801 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18802 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18803
18804 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18805
18806 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18807 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18808
18809 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18810
18811 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18812 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18813
18814 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18815
18816 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18817 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18818
18819 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18820
18821 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18822 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18823
18824 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18825
18826 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18827 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18828
18829 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18830 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18831
18832 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18833 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18834
18835 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18836
18837 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18838 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18839
18840 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18841 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18842 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18843 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18844
18845 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18846 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18847
18848 This is set to nil by default.")
18849
18850 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18851 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18852 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18853 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18854 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18855
18856 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18857
18858 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18859 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18860 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18861 It is called with no argument.")
18862
18863 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18864 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18865 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18866 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18867 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18868 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18869 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18870
18871 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18872 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18873 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18874 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18875 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18876 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18877
18878 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18879 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18880 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18881 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18882 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18883
18884 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18885 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18886 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18887 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18888 MSG is the message number,
18889 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18890 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18891
18892 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18893 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18894 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18895 this feature is required with `require'.")
18896
18897 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18898 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18899 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18900 the message is decoded as normal way.
18901
18902 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18903 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18904 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18905
18906 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18907 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18908 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18909
18910 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18911 Read and edit incoming mail.
18912 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18913 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18914 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18915
18916 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18917 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18918 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18919 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18920
18921 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18922
18923 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18926 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18927 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18928 Instead, these commands are available:
18929
18930 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18931 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18932 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18933 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18934 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18935 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18936 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18937 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18938 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18939 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18940 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18941 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18942 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18943 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18944 till a deleted message is found.
18945 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18946 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18947 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18948 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18949 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18950 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18951 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18952 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18953 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18954 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18955 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18956 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18957 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18958 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18959 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18960 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18961 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18962 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18963 (label defaults to last one specified).
18964 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18965 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18966 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18967 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18968 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18969 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18970 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18971 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18972 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18973
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18977 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18978
18979 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18982 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18983
18984 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18985
18986 ;;;***
18987 \f
18988 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18989 ;;;;;; (16211 27034))
18990 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18991
18992 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18993 Edit the contents of this message.
18994
18995 \(fn)" t nil)
18996
18997 ;;;***
18998 \f
18999 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
19000 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
19001 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16211 27034))
19002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
19003
19004 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19005 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19006 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19007
19008 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19009
19010 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19011 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19012 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19013
19014 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19017 Not documented
19018
19019 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
19020
19021 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19022 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
19023 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19024 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19025 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
19026
19027 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19028
19029 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19030 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
19031 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19032 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19033 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
19034
19035 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19036
19037 ;;;***
19038 \f
19039 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
19040 ;;;;;; (16211 27035))
19041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
19042
19043 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
19044 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
19045 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
19046 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
19047
19048 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19049
19050 ;;;***
19051 \f
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
19053 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
19054 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16211 27035))
19055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
19056
19057 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
19058 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
19059 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
19060 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
19061 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
19062 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
19063 a file name as a string.")
19064
19065 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
19066
19067 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
19068 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
19069 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
19070 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
19071 buffer visiting that file.
19072 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
19073 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
19074
19075 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
19076 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19077
19078 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19079 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19080
19081 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19082 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19083
19084 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19085
19086 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19087 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19088
19089 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19090
19091 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19092 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19093 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19094 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19095 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19096
19097 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19098 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19099 will be appended with their original headers.
19100
19101 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19102 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19103
19104 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19105 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19106
19107 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19108
19109 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19110
19111 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19112 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19113 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19114
19115 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19116
19117 ;;;***
19118 \f
19119 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19120 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19121 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16211
19122 ;;;;;; 27036))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19124
19125 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19126 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19127 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19128
19129 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19130
19131 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19132 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19133 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19134
19135 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19136
19137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19140
19141 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19144 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19145 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19146
19147 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19148
19149 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19150 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19151 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19152
19153 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19154
19155 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19156 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19157 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19158
19159 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19160
19161 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19162 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19163 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19164 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19165
19166 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19167
19168 ;;;***
19169 \f
19170 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19171 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19172 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19173 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19174 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16292 22309))
19175 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19176
19177 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19178 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19179
19180 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19181
19182 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19183 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19184
19185 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19186
19187 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19188 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19189
19190 \(fn)" t nil)
19191
19192 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19193 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19194 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19195
19196 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19197
19198 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19199 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19200 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19201 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19202 only look in the To and From fields.
19203 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19204
19205 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19206
19207 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19208 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19209 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19210 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19211 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19212
19213 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19214
19215 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19216 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19217 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19218 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19219 look in the whole message.
19220 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19221
19222 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19223
19224 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19225 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19226 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19227
19228 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19229
19230 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19231 *Function to decode summary-line.
19232
19233 By default, `identity' is set.")
19234
19235 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19236
19237 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19238 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19239 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19240 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19241 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19242 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19243 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19244
19245 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19246 sent by you under different user names.
19247 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19248
19249 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19250
19251 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19252
19253 ;;;***
19254 \f
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19256 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19258
19259 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19260 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19261 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19262 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19263
19264 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19265
19266 ;;;***
19267 \f
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19269 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16211 27018))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19271
19272 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19273 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19274
19275 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19276
19277 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19278 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19279
19280 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19281
19282 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19283 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19284
19285 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19286
19287 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19288 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19289 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19290
19291 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19292 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19293 in rot 13.
19294
19295 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19296
19297 \(fn)" t nil)
19298
19299 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19300 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19301
19302 \(fn)" t nil)
19303
19304 ;;;***
19305 \f
19306 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19307 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19308 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19309 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19310 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19312
19313 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19314 *This variable is obsolete.")
19315
19316 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19317
19318 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19319 *This variable is obsolete.")
19320
19321 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19322
19323 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19324 *This variable is obsolete.")
19325
19326 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19327
19328 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19329 *This variable is obsolete.")
19330
19331 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19332
19333 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19334 *This variable is obsolete.")
19335
19336 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19337
19338 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19339 *This variable is obsolete.")
19340
19341 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19342
19343 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19344 This function is obsolete.
19345
19346 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19347
19348 ;;;***
19349 \f
19350 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16277
19351 ;;;;;; 42321))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19353
19354 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19355 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19356
19357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19358
19359 ;;;***
19360 \f
19361 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16292
19362 ;;;;;; 22309))
19363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19364
19365 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19366 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19367 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19368 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19369
19370 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19371
19372 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19373 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19374 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19375
19376 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19377 notation.
19378
19379 STRING
19380 matches string STRING literally.
19381
19382 CHAR
19383 matches character CHAR literally.
19384
19385 `not-newline'
19386 matches any character except a newline.
19387 .
19388 `anything'
19389 matches any character
19390
19391 `(any SET)'
19392 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19393 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19394
19395 '(in SET)'
19396 like `any'.
19397
19398 `(not (any SET))'
19399 matches any character not in SET
19400
19401 `line-start'
19402 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19403 in the text being matched
19404
19405 `line-end'
19406 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19407
19408 `string-start'
19409 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19410 string being matched against.
19411
19412 `string-end'
19413 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19414 string being matched against.
19415
19416 `buffer-start'
19417 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19418 buffer being matched against.
19419
19420 `buffer-end'
19421 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19422 buffer being matched against.
19423
19424 `point'
19425 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19426
19427 `word-start'
19428 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19429 word.
19430
19431 `word-end'
19432 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19433
19434 `word-boundary'
19435 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19436 word.
19437
19438 `(not word-boundary)'
19439 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19440 word.
19441
19442 `digit'
19443 matches 0 through 9.
19444
19445 `control'
19446 matches ASCII control characters.
19447
19448 `hex-digit'
19449 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19450
19451 `blank'
19452 matches space and tab only.
19453
19454 `graphic'
19455 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19456 space, and DEL.
19457
19458 `printing'
19459 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19460 and DEL.
19461
19462 `alphanumeric'
19463 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19464 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19465
19466 `letter'
19467 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19468 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19469
19470 `ascii'
19471 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19472
19473 `nonascii'
19474 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19475
19476 `lower'
19477 matches anything lower-case.
19478
19479 `upper'
19480 matches anything upper-case.
19481
19482 `punctuation'
19483 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19484 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19485
19486 `space'
19487 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19488
19489 `word'
19490 matches anything that has word syntax.
19491
19492 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19493 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19494 of the following symbols.
19495
19496 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19497 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19498 `word' (\\sw)
19499 `symbol' (\\s_)
19500 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19501 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19502 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19503 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19504 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19505 `escape' (\\s\\)
19506 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19507 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19508 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19509
19510 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19511 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19512
19513 `(category CATEGORY)'
19514 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19515 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19516
19517 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19518 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19519 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19520 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19521 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19522 `symbol' (\\c5)
19523 `digit' (\\c6)
19524 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19525 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19526 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19527 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19528 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19529 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19530 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19531 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19532 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19533 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19534 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19535 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19536 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19537 `ascii' (\\ca)
19538 `arabic' (\\cb)
19539 `chinese' (\\cc)
19540 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19541 `greek' (\\cg)
19542 `korean' (\\ch)
19543 `indian' (\\ci)
19544 `japanese' (\\cj)
19545 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19546 `latin' (\\cl)
19547 `lao' (\\co)
19548 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19549 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19550 `thai' (\\ct)
19551 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19552 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19553 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19554 `can-break' (\\c|)
19555
19556 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19557 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19558
19559 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19560 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19561
19562 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19563 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19564 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19565
19566 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19567 another name for `submatch'.
19568
19569 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19570 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19571 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19572 regular expression.
19573
19574 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19575 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19576 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19577 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19578 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19579
19580 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19581 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19582
19583 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19584 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19585
19586 `(0+ SEXP)'
19587 like `zero-or-more'.
19588
19589 `(* SEXP)'
19590 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19591
19592 `(*? SEXP)'
19593 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19594
19595 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19596 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19597
19598 `(1+ SEXP)'
19599 like `one-or-more'.
19600
19601 `(+ SEXP)'
19602 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19603
19604 `(+? SEXP)'
19605 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19606
19607 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19608 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19609
19610 `(optional SEXP)'
19611 like `zero-or-one'.
19612
19613 `(? SEXP)'
19614 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19615
19616 `(?? SEXP)'
19617 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19618
19619 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19620 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19621
19622 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19623 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19624
19625 `(eval FORM)'
19626 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19627 `regexp-quote' it.
19628
19629 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19630 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19631
19632 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19633
19634 ;;;***
19635 \f
19636 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19637 ;;;;;; (16249 27909))
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19639
19640 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19641 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19642 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19643
19644 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19645 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19646 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19647 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19648 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19649 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19650 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19651 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19652
19653 Commands:
19654 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19655 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19656 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19657 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19658 if that value is non-nil.
19659
19660 \(fn)" t nil)
19661
19662 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19663 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19664 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19665
19666 Commands:
19667 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19668 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19669 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19670 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19671 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19672 that variable's value is a string.
19673
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19675
19676 ;;;***
19677 \f
19678 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19679 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
19680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19681
19682 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19683 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19684 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19685
19686 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19687
19688 \(fn)" t nil)
19689
19690 ;;;***
19691 \f
19692 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16211
19693 ;;;;;; 27037))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19695
19696 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19697 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19698 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19699 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19700
19701 Interesting variables:
19702
19703 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19704 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19705
19706 `scribe-electric-quote'
19707 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19708
19709 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19710 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19711 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19712
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19714
19715 ;;;***
19716 \f
19717 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19718 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19719 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19720
19721 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19722 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19723 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19725 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19726
19727 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19728
19729 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19730 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19731 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19732 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19733 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19734
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19736
19737 ;;;***
19738 \f
19739 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19740 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19741 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19742 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19743 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19744 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16249 31404))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19746
19747 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19748 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19749
19750 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19751 king@grassland.com
19752 If `parens', they look like:
19753 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19754 If `angles', they look like:
19755 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19756 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19757 derived from the envelope-from address.
19758
19759 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19760 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19761 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19762 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19763
19764 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19765
19766 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19767 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19768 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19769 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19770
19771 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19772 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19773 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19774 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19775
19776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19777
19778 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19779 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19780 This is done when the message is initialized,
19781 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19782
19783 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19784
19785 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19786 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19787 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19788
19789 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19790
19791 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19792 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19793
19794 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19795
19796 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19797 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19798 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19799 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19800 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19801 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19802 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19803
19804 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19805
19806 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19807 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19808
19809 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19810
19811 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19812 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19813 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19814
19815 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19816
19817 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19818 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19819 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19820 when you first send mail.")
19821
19822 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19823
19824 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19825 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19826 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19827 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19828 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19829
19830 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19831
19832 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19833 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19834 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19835 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19836 This file need not actually exist.")
19837
19838 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19839
19840 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19841 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19842 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19843 If a string, that string is inserted.
19844 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19845 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19846 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19847 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19848
19849 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19850
19851 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19852 *Directory for mail buffers.
19853 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19854 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19855
19856 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19857
19858 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19859 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19860 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19861 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19862 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19863 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19864 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19865 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19866 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19867 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19868 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19869 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19870 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19871 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19872 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19873
19874 \(fn)" t nil)
19875
19876 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19877 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19878 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19879 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19880 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19881 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19882
19883 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19884 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19885 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19886
19887 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19888 User should not set this variable manually,
19889 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19890 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19891 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19892 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19893
19894 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19895 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19896 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19897 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19898
19899 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19900 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19901
19902 \\<mail-mode-map>
19903 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19904
19905 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19906 to move to message header fields:
19907 \\{mail-mode-map}
19908
19909 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19910 when the message is initialized.
19911
19912 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19913 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19914
19915 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19916 is inserted.
19917
19918 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19919 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19920
19921 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19922 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19923
19924 The second through fifth arguments,
19925 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19926 the initial contents of those header fields.
19927 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19928 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19929 original message being replied to, or else an action
19930 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19931 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19932 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19933 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19934 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19935 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19936
19937 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19938
19939 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19940 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19941
19942 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19943
19944 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19945 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19946
19947 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19948
19949 ;;;***
19950 \f
19951 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19952 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
19953 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19954
19955 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19956 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19957 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19958 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19959 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19960 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19961
19962 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19963
19964 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19965
19966 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19967 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19968 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19970 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19971
19972 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19973
19974 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19975 Toggle Server mode.
19976 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19977 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19978 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19979
19980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19981
19982 ;;;***
19983 \f
19984 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16211 27018))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19986
19987 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19988 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19989
19990 Key definitions:
19991 \\{ses-mode-map}
19992 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19993 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19994 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19995 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19996
19997 \(fn)" t nil)
19998
19999 ;;;***
20000 \f
20001 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
20002 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
20003 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
20004
20005 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20006 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
20007 Makes > match <.
20008 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
20009 `sgml-quick-keys'.
20010
20011 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
20012 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
20013 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
20014
20015 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
20016 your `.emacs' file.
20017
20018 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
20019
20020 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20021 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
20022 \\{sgml-mode-map}
20023
20024 \(fn)" t nil)
20025
20026 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
20027
20028 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20029 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
20030 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
20031 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
20032 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
20033 which this is based.
20034
20035 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20036
20037 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
20038 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
20039 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
20040 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
20041
20042 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
20043 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
20044 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
20045
20046 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
20047 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
20048 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
20049 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
20050
20051 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
20052 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
20053 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
20054 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
20055
20056 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
20057
20058 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
20059 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
20060 To work around that, do:
20061 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
20062
20063 \\{html-mode-map}
20064
20065 \(fn)" t nil)
20066
20067 ;;;***
20068 \f
20069 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
20070 ;;;;;; (16256 53160))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
20072
20073 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
20074 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
20075 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
20076 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
20077 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20078 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20079
20080 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20081 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20082 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20083 shell-specific features.
20084
20085 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20086 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20087 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20088
20089 \\[sh-case] case statement
20090 \\[sh-for] for loop
20091 \\[sh-function] function definition
20092 \\[sh-if] if statement
20093 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20094 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20095 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20096 \\[sh-select] select loop
20097 \\[sh-until] until loop
20098 \\[sh-while] while loop
20099
20100 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20101 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20102 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20103 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20104 would indent to the way it currently is.
20105 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20106 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20107
20108
20109 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20110 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20111 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20112 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20113 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20114 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20115
20116 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20117 {, (, [, ', \", `
20118 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20119
20120 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20121 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20122 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20123
20124 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20125 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20126
20127 \(fn)" t nil)
20128
20129 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20130
20131 ;;;***
20132 \f
20133 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20134 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
20135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20136
20137 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20138 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20139
20140 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20141 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20142 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20143 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20144 the earlier.
20145
20146 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20147
20148 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20149
20150 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20151 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20152 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20153
20154 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20155 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20156
20157 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20158 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20159 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20160 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20161 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20162 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20163 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20164 emacs version).
20165
20166 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20167 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20168 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20169 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20170 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20171
20172 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20173 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20174 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20175
20176 \(fn)" t nil)
20177
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20181 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16211
20182 ;;;;;; 27018))
20183 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20184
20185 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20186 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20187 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20188 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20189 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20190 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20191 in the cluster.
20192
20193 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20196 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20197 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20198 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20199 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20200
20201 \(fn)" t nil)
20202
20203 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20204 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20205 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20206 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20207 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20208 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20209 `shadow-define-cluster').
20210
20211 \(fn)" t nil)
20212
20213 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20214 Set up file shadowing.
20215
20216 \(fn)" t nil)
20217
20218 ;;;***
20219 \f
20220 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20221 ;;;;;; (16211 27018))
20222 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20223
20224 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20225 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20226 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20227 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20228 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20229 arguments.")
20230
20231 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20232
20233 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20234 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20235 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20236 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20237 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20238 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20239 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20240 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20241 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20242 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20243 discards input when it starts up.)
20244 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20245 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20246 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20247
20248 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20249 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20250 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20251 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20252 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20253 `default-process-coding-system'.
20254
20255 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20256 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20257 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20258 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20259
20260 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20261
20262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20263 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20264
20265 ;;;***
20266 \f
20267 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16211
20268 ;;;;;; 27039))
20269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20270
20271 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20272 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20273 \\{simula-mode-map}
20274 Variables controlling indentation style:
20275 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20276 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20277 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20278 `simula-indent-level'
20279 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20280 `simula-substatement-offset'
20281 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20282 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20283 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20284 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20285 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20286 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20287 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20288 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20289 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20290 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20291 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20292 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20293 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20294 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20295 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20296 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20297 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20298 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20299 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20300 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20301 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20302 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20303 or nil if they should not be changed.
20304 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20305 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20306 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20307 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20308
20309 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20310 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20311
20312 \(fn)" t nil)
20313
20314 ;;;***
20315 \f
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20317 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16211 27018))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20319
20320 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20321 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20322
20323 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20324 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20325 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20326 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20327
20328 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20329
20330 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20331 Insert SKELETON.
20332 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20333 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20334 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20335 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20336 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20337
20338 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20339 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20340
20341 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20342
20343 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20344 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20345
20346 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20347 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20348 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20349 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20350
20351 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20352 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20353 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20354 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20355
20356 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20357 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20358 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20359
20360 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20361 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20362
20363 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20364 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20365
20366 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20367 _ interesting point, interregion here
20368 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20369 interesting point set by _
20370 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20371 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20372 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20373 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20374 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20375 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20376 nil skipped
20377
20378 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20379 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20380
20381 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20382 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20383 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20384 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20385 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20386 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20387 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20388 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20389
20390 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20391 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20392 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20393 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20394 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20395 available:
20396
20397 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20398 then: insert previously read string once more
20399 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20400 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20401 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20402
20403 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20404 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20405
20406 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20407
20408 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20409 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20410
20411 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20412 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20413 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20414 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20415 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20416 such as backslash.
20417
20418 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20419 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20420 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20421
20422 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20423
20424 ;;;***
20425 \f
20426 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20427 ;;;;;; (16258 10857))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20429
20430 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20431 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20432 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20433 buffer names.
20434
20435 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20436
20437 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20438 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20439 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20440
20441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20442
20443 ;;;***
20444 \f
20445 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20446 ;;;;;; (16211 27031))
20447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20448
20449 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20450 Display textual smileys as images.
20451 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20452 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20453 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20454
20455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20456
20457 ;;;***
20458 \f
20459 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20460 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16246 41418))
20461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20462
20463 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20464 Not documented
20465
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467
20468 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20469 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20470
20471 \(fn)" t nil)
20472
20473 ;;;***
20474 \f
20475 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16211 27038))
20476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20477
20478 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20479 Play the Snake game.
20480 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20481
20482 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20483
20484 Snake mode keybindings:
20485 \\<snake-mode-map>
20486 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20487 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20488 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20489 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20490 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20491 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20492 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20493
20494 \(fn)" t nil)
20495
20496 ;;;***
20497 \f
20498 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20499 ;;;;;; (16211 27037))
20500 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20501
20502 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20503 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20504 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20505 Tab indents for C code.
20506 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20507 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20508 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20509 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20510 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20511
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20513
20514 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20515 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20516 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20517 Tab indents for C code.
20518 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20519 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20520 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20521 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20522 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20523
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20525
20526 ;;;***
20527 \f
20528 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20529 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20530 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16211 27023))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20532
20533 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20534 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20535
20536 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20537 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20538 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20539
20540 For example, the form
20541
20542 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20543 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20544
20545 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20546
20547 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20548
20549 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20550 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20551
20552 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20553 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20554 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20555 York City.
20556
20557 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20558
20559 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20560
20561 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20562 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20563
20564 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20565 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20566 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20567 York City.
20568
20569 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20570
20571 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20572
20573 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20574 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20575 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20576 pair.
20577
20578 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20579
20580 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20581
20582 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20583 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20584 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20585
20586 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20587 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20588
20589 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20590
20591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20594 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20595 Requires floating point.
20596
20597 \(fn)" nil nil)
20598
20599 ;;;***
20600 \f
20601 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16211
20602 ;;;;;; 27038))
20603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20604
20605 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20606 Play Solitaire.
20607
20608 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20609 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20610 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20611 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20612 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20613 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20614 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20615 check after each move or undo)
20616
20617 What is Solitaire?
20618
20619 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20620 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20621 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20622
20623 Le Solitaire
20624 ============
20625
20626 o o o
20627
20628 o o o
20629
20630 o o o o o o o
20631
20632 o o o . o o o
20633
20634 o o o o o o o
20635
20636 o o o
20637
20638 o o o
20639
20640 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20641 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20642 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20643 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20644
20645 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20646 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20647 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20648 this: o o .
20649
20650 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20651 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20652
20653 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20654
20655 o o o
20656
20657 . o o
20658
20659 o o . o o o o
20660
20661 o . o o o o o
20662
20663 o o o o o o o
20664
20665 o o o
20666
20667 o o o
20668
20669 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20670
20671 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20672
20673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20674
20675 ;;;***
20676 \f
20677 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20678 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20679 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16211 27018))
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20681
20682 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20683 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20684
20685 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20686 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20687 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20688 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20689 contiguous.
20690
20691 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20692 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20693 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20694 the sort order.
20695
20696 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20697 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20698
20699 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20700 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20701 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20702 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20703 is called.
20704
20705 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20706 It should move point to the end of the record.
20707
20708 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20709 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20710 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20711 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20712 starts at the beginning of the record.
20713
20714 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20715 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20716 same as ENDRECFUN.
20717
20718 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20719 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20720
20721 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20722
20723 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20724 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20725 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20726 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20727 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20728 the sort order.
20729
20730 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20731
20732 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20733 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20734 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20735 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20736 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20737 the sort order.
20738
20739 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20740
20741 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20742 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20743 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20744 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20745 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20746 the sort order.
20747
20748 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20749
20750 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20751 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20752 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20753 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20754 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20755 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20756 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20757 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20758 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20759
20760 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20761
20762 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20763 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20764 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20765 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20766 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20767 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20768 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20769 the sort order.
20770
20771 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20774 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20775 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20776 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20777 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20778 is to be used for sorting.
20779 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20780 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20781 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20782 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20783 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20784
20785 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20786
20787 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20788 the sort order.
20789
20790 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20791 starting with the letter \"f\",
20792 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20793
20794 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20795
20796 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20797 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20798 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20799 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20800 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20801 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20802 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20803 the sort order.
20804
20805 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20806 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20807 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20808 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20809 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20810
20811 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20812
20813 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20814 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20815 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20816
20817 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20818
20819 ;;;***
20820 \f
20821 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20822 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16211 27019))
20823 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20824
20825 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20826
20827 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20828 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20829 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20830 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20831 supported at a time.
20832 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20833 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20834
20835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20836
20837 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20838 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20839 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20840 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20841
20842 \(fn)" t nil)
20843
20844 ;;;***
20845 \f
20846 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20847 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16211 27044))
20848 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20849
20850 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20851
20852 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20853 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20854 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20855 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20856 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20857 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20858
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20860
20861 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20862 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20863 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20864 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20865
20866 \(fn)" t nil)
20867
20868 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20869 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20870 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20871 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20872 for example, \"word\".
20873
20874 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20877 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20878
20879 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20880
20881 ;;;***
20882 \f
20883 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16211
20884 ;;;;;; 27038))
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20886
20887 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20888 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20889
20890 \(fn)" t nil)
20891
20892 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20893 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20894
20895 \(fn)" nil nil)
20896
20897 ;;;***
20898 \f
20899 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20900 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20901 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
20902 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16225
20903 ;;;;;; 6527))
20904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20905
20906 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
20907 Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
20908 for the specified `product'.
20909
20910 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20913 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20914
20915 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20916 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20917
20918 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20919
20920 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20921 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20922 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20923
20924 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20925
20926 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20927 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20928 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20929 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20930 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20931 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20932 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
20933 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20934 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20935
20936 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20937
20938 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20939 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20940 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20941 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20942
20943 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20944 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20945 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20946 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20947
20948 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20949 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20950 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20951
20952 \(fn)" t nil)
20953
20954 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20955 Major mode to edit SQL.
20956
20957 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20958 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20959 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20960
20961 \\{sql-mode-map}
20962 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20963
20964 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20965 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20966 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20967 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20968 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20969 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20970
20971 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20972 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20973
20974 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20975 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20976 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20977
20978 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20979 (lambda ()
20980 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20981
20982 \(fn)" t nil)
20983
20984 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
20985 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
20986
20987 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20988 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20989 `*SQL*'.
20990
20991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20992
20993 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
20994
20995 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20996 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20997
20998 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20999 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21000 `*SQL*'.
21001
21002 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
21003 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21004 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
21005 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
21006
21007 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21008 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21009
21010 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21011 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21012 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21013 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21014 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21015 `default-process-coding-system'.
21016
21017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21018
21019 \(fn)" t nil)
21020
21021 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
21022 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
21023
21024 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21025 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21026 `*SQL*'.
21027
21028 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
21029 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
21030 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21031 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
21032
21033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21035
21036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21038 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21041 `default-process-coding-system'.
21042
21043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21044
21045 \(fn)" t nil)
21046
21047 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
21048 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
21049
21050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21052 `*SQL*'.
21053
21054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
21055 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21056
21057 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21058 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21059
21060 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21061 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21062 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21063 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21064 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21065 `default-process-coding-system'.
21066
21067 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21068
21069 \(fn)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
21072 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
21073
21074 SQLite is free software.
21075
21076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21078 `*SQL*'.
21079
21080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21081 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21082 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21083 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21084
21085 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21087
21088 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21089 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21090 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21091 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21092 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21093 `default-process-coding-system'.
21094
21095 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21096
21097 \(fn)" t nil)
21098
21099 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21100 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21101
21102 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21103
21104 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21105 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21106 `*SQL*'.
21107
21108 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21109 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21110 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21111 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21112
21113 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21114 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21115
21116 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21117 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21118 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21119 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21120 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21121 `default-process-coding-system'.
21122
21123 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21124
21125 \(fn)" t nil)
21126
21127 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21128 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21129
21130 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21131 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21132 `*SQL*'.
21133
21134 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21135 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21136 defaults, if set.
21137
21138 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21139 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21140
21141 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21142 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21143 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21144 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21145 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21146 `default-process-coding-system'.
21147
21148 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21149
21150 \(fn)" t nil)
21151
21152 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21153 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21154
21155 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21156 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21157 `*SQL*'.
21158
21159 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21160 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21161
21162 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21163 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21164
21165 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21166 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21167 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21168 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21169 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21170 `default-process-coding-system'.
21171
21172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21173
21174 \(fn)" t nil)
21175
21176 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21177 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21178
21179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21181 `*SQL*'.
21182
21183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21184 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21185 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21186 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21187
21188 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21190
21191 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21192 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21193 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21194 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21195 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21196 `default-process-coding-system'.
21197
21198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21199
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21203 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21204
21205 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21206 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21207 `*SQL*'.
21208
21209 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21210 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21211 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21212 `sql-postgres-options'.
21213
21214 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21215 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21216
21217 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21218 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21219 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21220 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21221 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21222 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21223 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21224 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21225
21226 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21227 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21228
21229 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21230
21231 \(fn)" t nil)
21232
21233 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21234 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21235
21236 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21237 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21238 `*SQL*'.
21239
21240 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21241 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21242 defaults, if set.
21243
21244 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21245 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21246
21247 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21248 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21249 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21250 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21251 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21252 `default-process-coding-system'.
21253
21254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21255
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21257
21258 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21259 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21260
21261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21263 `*SQL*'.
21264
21265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21266 automatic login.
21267
21268 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21269 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21270
21271 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21272 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21273 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21274 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21275
21276 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21277 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21278 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21279 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21280 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21281 `default-process-coding-system'.
21282
21283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21284
21285 \(fn)" t nil)
21286
21287 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21288 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21289
21290 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21291 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21292 `*SQL*'.
21293
21294 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21295 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21296 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21297 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21298 parameters.
21299
21300 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21301 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21302 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21303 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21304 an empty password.
21305
21306 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21307 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21308
21309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21310
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21312
21313 ;;;***
21314 \f
21315 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21316 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21317 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21318 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21319 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16258
21320 ;;;;;; 10857))
21321 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21322
21323 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21324 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21325 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21326 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21327 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21328 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21329
21330 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21333 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21334 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21335 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21336 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21337 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21338 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21339
21340 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21341
21342 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21343 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21344 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21345 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21346 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21347 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21348 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21349
21350 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21351
21352 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21353 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21354 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21355
21356 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21357
21358 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21359 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21360 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21361
21362 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21365 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21366
21367 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21370 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21371
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21375 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21376
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21380 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21381 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21382 chronologically by command name.
21383 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21384
21385 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21386
21387 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21388 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21389 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21391 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21392
21393 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21394
21395 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21396 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21397 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21398 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21399 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21400 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21401 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21402
21403 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21404 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21405 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21406 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21407
21408 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21409
21410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21413 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21414 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21415 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21416
21417 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21418
21419 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21420 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21421
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21423
21424 ;;;***
21425 \f
21426 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21427 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
21428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21429
21430 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21431 Studlify-case the region.
21432
21433 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21434
21435 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21436 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21437
21438 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21439
21440 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21441 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21442
21443 \(fn)" t nil)
21444
21445 ;;;***
21446 \f
21447 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21448 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
21449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21450
21451 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21452 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21453 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21454 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21455 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21456 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21457 original message but it does require a few things:
21458
21459 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21460
21461 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21462 reply buffer.
21463
21464 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21465 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21466 original message.
21467
21468 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21469
21470 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21471
21472 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21473 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21474 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21475
21476 \(fn)" nil nil)
21477
21478 ;;;***
21479 \f
21480 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16211
21481 ;;;;;; 27026))
21482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21483
21484 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21485 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21486 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21487 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21488 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21489
21490 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21491
21492 ;;;***
21493 \f
21494 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16211 27021))
21495 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21496
21497 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21498 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21499 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21500 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21501 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21502
21503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21506 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21507 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21508 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21509 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21510 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21511 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21512
21513 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21514
21515 ;;;***
21516 \f
21517 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21518 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21519 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21520 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21521 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21522 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21523 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21524 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21525 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21526 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21527 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21528 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21529 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16211 27044))
21530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21531
21532 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21533 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21534 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21535
21536 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21537
21538 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21539 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21540
21541 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21542
21543 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21544 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21545
21546 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21547
21548 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21549 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21550
21551 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21552
21553 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21554 Insert an editable text table.
21555 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21556 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21557 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21558 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21559 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21560 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21561 delimiting them.
21562
21563 Examples:
21564
21565 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21566
21567 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21568 location of point.
21569
21570 -!-
21571
21572 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21573 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21574 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21575 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21576 first cell.
21577
21578 +-----+-----+-----+
21579 |-!- | | |
21580 +-----+-----+-----+
21581
21582 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21583
21584 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21585 width, which results as
21586
21587 +--------------+-----+-----+
21588 |-!- | | |
21589 +--------------+-----+-----+
21590
21591 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21592 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21593
21594 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21595 | | |-!- |
21596 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21597
21598 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21599 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21600 width information to `table-insert'.
21601
21602 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21603
21604 instead of
21605
21606 Cell width(s): 5
21607
21608 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21609 work all together.
21610
21611 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21612 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21613
21614 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21615 |-!- | | |
21616 | | | |
21617 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21618
21619 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21620
21621 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21622 |-!- | | |
21623 | | | |
21624 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21625 | | | |
21626 | | | |
21627 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21628
21629 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21630
21631 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21632 | | | |
21633 | | | |
21634 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21635 | | | |
21636 | | | |
21637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21638 -!-
21639
21640 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21641 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21642 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21643
21644 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21645 | | | |
21646 | | | |
21647 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21648 | | | |
21649 | | | |
21650 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21651 |-!- | | |
21652 | | | |
21653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21654
21655 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21656 results.
21657
21658 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21659 | | | |
21660 | | | |
21661 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21662 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21663 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21664 | | |expected results.-!- |
21665 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21666 | | | |
21667 | | | |
21668 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21669
21670 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21671
21672 \\{table-cell-map}
21673
21674 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21677 Insert N table row(s).
21678 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21679 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21680 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21681 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21682
21683 \(fn N)" t nil)
21684
21685 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21686 Insert N table column(s).
21687 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21688 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21689 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21690 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21691
21692 \(fn N)" t nil)
21693
21694 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21695 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21696 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21697
21698 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21699
21700 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21701 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21702 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21703 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21704 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21705 all the table specific features.
21706
21707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21708
21709 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21710 Not documented
21711
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21713
21714 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21715 Recognize all tables within region.
21716 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21717 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21718 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21719 specific features.
21720
21721 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21724 Not documented
21725
21726 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21729 Recognize a table at point.
21730 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21731 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21732 the table specific features.
21733
21734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21735
21736 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21737 Not documented
21738
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21742 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21743 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21744 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21745 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21746 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21747 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21748
21749 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21750
21751 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21752 Not documented
21753
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21755
21756 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21757 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21758 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21759 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21760 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21761 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21762 specified.
21763
21764 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21767 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21768 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21769 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21770 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21771 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21772 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21773 table structure.
21774
21775 \(fn N)" t nil)
21776
21777 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21778 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21779 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21780 table's rectangle structure.
21781
21782 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21783
21784 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21785 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21786 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21787 table's rectangle structure.
21788
21789 \(fn N)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21792 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21793 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21794 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21795 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21796
21797 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21798
21799 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21800 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21801 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21802
21803 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21804 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21805 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21806 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21807 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21808 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21809 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21810
21811 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21812 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21813 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21814 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21815 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21816 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21817 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21818
21819 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21820 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21821 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21822 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21823 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21824 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21825 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21826 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21827
21828 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21829
21830 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21831 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21832 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21833 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21834
21835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21836
21837 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21838 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21839 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21840
21841 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21842
21843 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21844 Split current cell vertically.
21845 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21846
21847 \(fn)" t nil)
21848
21849 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21850 Split current cell horizontally.
21851 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21852
21853 \(fn)" t nil)
21854
21855 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21856 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21857 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21858
21859 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21862 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21863 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21864 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21865
21866 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21867
21868 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21869 Justify cell contents.
21870 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21871 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21872 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21873 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21874
21875 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21876
21877 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21878 Justify cells of a row.
21879 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21880 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21881
21882 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21883
21884 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21885 Justify cells of a column.
21886 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21887 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21888
21889 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21892 Toggle fixing width mode.
21893 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21894 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21895 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21896
21897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21898
21899 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21900 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21901 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21902 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21903 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21904 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21905 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21906 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21907 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21908 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21909 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21910
21911 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21912
21913 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21914 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21915 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21916 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21917 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21918 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21919 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21920 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21921 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21922 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21923 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21924 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21925 untouched.
21926
21927 References used for this implementation:
21928
21929 HTML:
21930 http://www.w3.org
21931
21932 LaTeX:
21933 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21934
21935 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21936 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21937 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21938
21939 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21940
21941 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21942 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21943 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21944 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21945 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21946 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21947 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21948 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21949 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21950 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21951 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21952 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21953 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21954 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21955 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21956 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21957 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21958
21959 Example:
21960
21961 (progn
21962 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21963 (table-forward-cell 15)
21964 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21965 (table-forward-cell 16)
21966 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21967 (table-forward-cell 1)
21968 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21969
21970 (progn
21971 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21972 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21973 (table-forward-cell 1)
21974 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21975
21976 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21977
21978 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21979 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21980 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21981 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21982 consists from cells of same height.
21983
21984 \(fn N)" t nil)
21985
21986 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21987 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21988 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21989 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21990 column must consists from cells of same width.
21991
21992 \(fn N)" t nil)
21993
21994 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21995 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21996 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21997 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21998 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21999 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
22000 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
22001 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
22002 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
22003 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
22004 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
22005 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
22006 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
22007 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
22008 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
22009
22010
22011 Example 1:
22012
22013 1, 2, 3, 4
22014 5, 6, 7, 8
22015 , 9, 10
22016
22017 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
22018 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
22019 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
22020 specified as 5.
22021
22022 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22023 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
22024 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22025 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
22026 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22027 | | 9 | 10 | |
22028 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
22029
22030 Note:
22031
22032 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
22033 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
22034 of each row is optional.
22035
22036
22037 Example 2:
22038
22039 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
22040 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
22041 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
22042 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
22043 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
22044
22045 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
22046 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
22047
22048 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
22049 expression and raw delimiter regular
22050 expression, it parses the specified text
22051 area and extracts cell items from
22052 non-table text and then forms a table out
22053 of them.
22054
22055 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
22056 creates a single cell table. The text in
22057 the specified region is placed in that
22058 cell.-*-
22059
22060 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
22061 like this.
22062
22063 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22064 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22065 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22066 | |
22067 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
22068 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
22069 | expression, it parses the specified text |
22070 | area and extracts cell items from |
22071 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
22072 | of them. |
22073 | |
22074 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
22075 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
22076 | the specified region is placed in that |
22077 | cell. |
22078 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22079
22080 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22081 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22082 independently.
22083
22084 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22085 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22086 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22087 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22088 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22089 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22090 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
22091 | |area and extracts cell items from |
22092 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22093 | |of them. |
22094 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22095 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22096 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22097 | |the specified region is placed in that |
22098 | |cell. |
22099 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22100
22101 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22102 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22103 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22104
22105 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22106
22107 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22108 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22109 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22110 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22111 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22112
22113 \(fn)" t nil)
22114
22115 ;;;***
22116 \f
22117 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16211 27021))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22119
22120 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22121 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22122
22123 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22124
22125 ;;;***
22126 \f
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16211 27021))
22128 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22129
22130 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22131 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22132 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22133 Letters no longer insert themselves.
22134 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22135 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22136 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22137
22138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22139 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22140 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22141 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22142
22143 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22144 \\{tar-mode-map}
22145
22146 \(fn)" t nil)
22147
22148 ;;;***
22149 \f
22150 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22151 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16211 27039))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22153
22154 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22155 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22156 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22157 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22158 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22159 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22160
22161 Variables controlling indentation style:
22162 `tcl-indent-level'
22163 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22164 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22165 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22166
22167 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22168 documentation for details):
22169 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22170 Controls action of TAB key.
22171 `tcl-auto-newline'
22172 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22173 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22174 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22175 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22176 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22177
22178 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22179 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22180 already exist.
22181
22182 Commands:
22183 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22184
22185 \(fn)" t nil)
22186
22187 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22188 Run inferior Tcl process.
22189 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22190 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22191
22192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22193
22194 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22195 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22196 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22197
22198 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22199
22200 ;;;***
22201 \f
22202 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16211 27037))
22203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22204 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22205
22206 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22207 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22208 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22209 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22210 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22211 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22212 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22213
22214 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22215 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22216
22217 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22218 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22219 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22220 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22221
22222 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22223
22224 ;;;***
22225 \f
22226 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16211
22227 ;;;;;; 27021))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22229
22230 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22231 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22232 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22233 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22234 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22235 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22236
22237 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22238
22239 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22240 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22241 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22242 commands to use in that buffer.
22243
22244 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22245
22246 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22247
22248 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22249 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22250
22251 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22252
22253 ;;;***
22254 \f
22255 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16211
22256 ;;;;;; 27021))
22257 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22258
22259 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22260 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22261 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22262 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22263 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22264 program as keyboard input.
22265
22266 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22267 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22268 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22269 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22270
22271 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22272 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22273 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22274 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22275 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22276
22277 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22278
22279 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22280 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22281 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22282 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22283
22284 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22285 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22286 subprocess started.
22287
22288 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22289
22290 ;;;***
22291 \f
22292 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22293 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16211 27026))
22294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22295
22296 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22297 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22298 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22299 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22300 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22301
22302 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22305 Start coverage on function under point.
22306
22307 \(fn)" t nil)
22308
22309 ;;;***
22310 \f
22311 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16211 27038))
22312 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22313
22314 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22315 Play the Tetris game.
22316 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22317 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22318 as to form complete rows.
22319
22320 tetris-mode keybindings:
22321 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22322 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22323 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22324 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22325 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22326 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22327 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22328 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22329 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22330
22331 \(fn)" t nil)
22332
22333 ;;;***
22334 \f
22335 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22336 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22337 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22338 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22339 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22340 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22341 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22342 ;;;;;; (16291 51938))
22343 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22344
22345 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22346 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22347
22348 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22349
22350 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22351 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22352 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22353 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22354 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22355
22356 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22357
22358 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22359 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22360 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22361 if it matches the first line of the file,
22362 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22363
22364 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22365
22366 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22367 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22368 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22369 if the variable is non-nil.")
22370
22371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22372
22373 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22374 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22375
22376 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22377
22378 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22379 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22380 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22381 See the documentation of that variable.")
22382
22383 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22384
22385 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22386 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22387 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22388 See the documentation of that variable.")
22389
22390 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22391
22392 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22393 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22394 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22395 See the documentation of that variable.")
22396
22397 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22398
22399 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22400 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22401 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22402 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22403 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22404
22405 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22406
22407 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22408 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22409 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22410 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22411
22412 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22413
22414 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22415 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22416 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22417
22418 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22419
22420 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22421 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22422 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22423 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22424
22425 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22426
22427 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22428 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22429 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22430 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22431
22432 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22433
22434 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22435 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22436 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22437 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22438
22439 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22440 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22441 for example,
22442
22443 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22444 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22445
22446 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22447 use.")
22448
22449 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22450
22451 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22452 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22453 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22454 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22455 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22456
22457 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22458
22459 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22460
22461 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22462 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22463 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22464
22465 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22466
22467 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22468 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22469 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22470 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22471 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22472
22473 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22474
22475 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22476 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22477
22478 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22479
22480 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22481 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22482
22483 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22484
22485 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22486 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22487 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22488 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22489 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22490 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22491 says which mode to use.
22492
22493 \(fn)" t nil)
22494
22495 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22496
22497 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22498
22499 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22500
22501 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22502 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22503 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22504 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22505 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22506
22507 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22508 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22509 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22510 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22511 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22512 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22513 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22514
22515 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22516 mismatched $'s or braces.
22517
22518 Special commands:
22519 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22520
22521 Mode variables:
22522 tex-run-command
22523 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22524 tex-directory
22525 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22526 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22527 tex-dvi-print-command
22528 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22529 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22530 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22531 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22532 tex-dvi-view-command
22533 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22534 tex-show-queue-command
22535 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22536 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22537
22538 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22539 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22540 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22541
22542 \(fn)" t nil)
22543
22544 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22545 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22546 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22547 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22548 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22549
22550 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22551 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22552 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22553 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22554 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22555 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22556 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22557
22558 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22559 mismatched $'s or braces.
22560
22561 Special commands:
22562 \\{latex-mode-map}
22563
22564 Mode variables:
22565 latex-run-command
22566 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22567 tex-directory
22568 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22569 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22570 tex-dvi-print-command
22571 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22572 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22573 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22574 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22575 tex-dvi-view-command
22576 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22577 tex-show-queue-command
22578 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22579 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22580
22581 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22582 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22583 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22584
22585 \(fn)" t nil)
22586
22587 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22588 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22589 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22590 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22591 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22592
22593 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22594 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22595 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22596 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22597 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22598 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22599 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22600
22601 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22602 mismatched $'s or braces.
22603
22604 Special commands:
22605 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22606
22607 Mode variables:
22608 slitex-run-command
22609 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22610 tex-directory
22611 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22612 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22613 tex-dvi-print-command
22614 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22615 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22616 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22617 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22618 tex-dvi-view-command
22619 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22620 tex-show-queue-command
22621 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22622 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22623
22624 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22625 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22626 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22627 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22628
22629 \(fn)" t nil)
22630
22631 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22632 Not documented
22633
22634 \(fn)" nil nil)
22635
22636 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22637 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22638
22639 \(fn)" t nil)
22640
22641 ;;;***
22642 \f
22643 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22644 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16292 22308))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22646
22647 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22648 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22649 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22650 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22651
22652 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22653 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22654 Info-split to do these manually.
22655
22656 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22657
22658 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22659 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22660 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22661 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22662 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22663
22664 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22665
22666 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22667 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22668 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22669 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22670
22671 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22672 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22673 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22674 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22675
22676 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22677 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22678
22679 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22680
22681 ;;;***
22682 \f
22683 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22684 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16211 27044))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22686
22687 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22688 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22689
22690 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22691
22692 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22693 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22694
22695 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22696
22697 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22698 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22699
22700 It has these extra commands:
22701 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22702
22703 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22704 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22705 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22706 modified version of TeX input format.
22707
22708 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22709 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22710 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22711 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22712
22713 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22714 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22715 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22716 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22717 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22718 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22719 in the Texinfo file.
22720
22721 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22722 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22723 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22724 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22725 move forward past the closing brace.
22726
22727 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22728 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22729
22730 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22731 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22732 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22733
22734 Here are the functions:
22735
22736 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22737 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22738 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22739
22740 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22741 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22742 texinfo-master-menu
22743
22744 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22745
22746 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22747 which menu descriptions are indented.
22748
22749 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22750 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22751 in the region.
22752
22753 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22754 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22755 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22756 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22757
22758 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22759 be the first node in the file.
22760
22761 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22762 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22763
22764 \(fn)" t nil)
22765
22766 ;;;***
22767 \f
22768 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22769 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22770 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16211 27033))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22772
22773 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22774 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22775 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22776 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22777
22778 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22779
22780 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22781 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22782
22783 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22784
22785 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22786 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22787
22788 \(fn)" t nil)
22789
22790 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22791 Not documented
22792
22793 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22794
22795 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22796 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22797 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22798 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22799 to compose.
22800
22801 The return value is number of composed characters.
22802
22803 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22804
22805 ;;;***
22806 \f
22807 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22808 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22809 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16211 27021))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22811
22812 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22813 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22814
22815 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22816
22817 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22818 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22819 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22820 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22821 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22822
22823 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22824 a symbol as a valid THING.
22825
22826 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22827 of the textual entity that was found.
22828
22829 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22830
22831 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22832 Return the THING at point.
22833 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22834 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22835 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22836
22837 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22838 a symbol as a valid THING.
22839
22840 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22841
22842 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22843 Not documented
22844
22845 \(fn)" nil nil)
22846
22847 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22848 Not documented
22849
22850 \(fn)" nil nil)
22851
22852 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22853 Not documented
22854
22855 \(fn)" nil nil)
22856
22857 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22858 Not documented
22859
22860 \(fn)" nil nil)
22861
22862 ;;;***
22863 \f
22864 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22865 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22866 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22867 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22868 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22869 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16211 27033))
22870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22871
22872 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22873 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22874 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22875
22876 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22877
22878 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22879 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22880
22881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22882
22883 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22884 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22885 The returned string has no composition information.
22886
22887 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22888
22889 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22890 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22891
22892 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22893
22894 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22895 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22896
22897 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22898
22899 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22900 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22901 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22902 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22903
22904 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22905
22906 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22907 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22908 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22909 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22910
22911 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22912
22913 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22914 Not documented
22915
22916 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22917
22918 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22919 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22920 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22921
22922 \(fn)" t nil)
22923
22924 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22925 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22926 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22927
22928 \(fn)" t nil)
22929
22930 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22931 Not documented
22932
22933 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22934
22935 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22936 Not documented
22937
22938 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22939
22940 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22941 Not documented
22942
22943 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22944
22945 ;;;***
22946 \f
22947 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22948 ;;;;;; (16211 27044))
22949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22950
22951 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22952 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22953 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22954 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22955 parameters.
22956 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22957
22958 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22959
22960 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22961 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22962 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22963 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22964 parameters.
22965 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22966
22967 \(fn)" t nil)
22968
22969 ;;;***
22970 \f
22971 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22972 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16211 27021))
22973 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22974
22975 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22976 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22977
22978 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22979
22980 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22981 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22982 This display updates automatically every minute.
22983 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22984 are displayed as well.
22985 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22986
22987 \(fn)" t nil)
22988
22989 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22990 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22991 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22993 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22994
22995 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22996
22997 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22998 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22999 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
23000
23001 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
23002 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
23003 are displayed as well.
23004 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
23005
23006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23007
23008 ;;;***
23009 \f
23010 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
23011 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
23012 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
23013 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16211 27023))
23014 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
23015
23016 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23017 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23018
23019 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23020
23021 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
23022 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
23023
23024 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
23025
23026 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
23027 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
23028
23029 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23030
23031 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
23032 Convert DAYS into a time value.
23033
23034 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
23035
23036 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
23037 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
23038 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
23039
23040 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23041
23042 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
23043
23044 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
23045 Subtract two time values.
23046 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
23047
23048 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23049
23050 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
23051 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
23052
23053 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23054
23055 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
23056 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
23057 DATE should be a date-time string.
23058
23059 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23060
23061 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
23062 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
23063 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
23064
23065 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
23066
23067 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
23068 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
23069
23070 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
23071
23072 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
23073 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
23074
23075 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23076
23077 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23078 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23079 TIME should be a time value.
23080 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23081
23082 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23083
23084 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23085 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23086 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23087
23088 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23089
23090 ;;;***
23091 \f
23092 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23093 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16211 27021))
23094 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23095
23096 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23097 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23098 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23099 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23100 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23101 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23102 look like one of the following:
23103 Time-stamp: <>
23104 Time-stamp: \" \"
23105 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23106 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23107 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23108 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23109 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23110 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23111 template.
23112
23113 \(fn)" t nil)
23114
23115 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23116 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23117 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23118
23119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23120
23121 ;;;***
23122 \f
23123 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23124 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23125 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23126 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23127 ;;;;;; (16211 27023))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23129
23130 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23131 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23132 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23133 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23134 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23135 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23136 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23137 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23138 display (non-nil means on).
23139
23140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23141
23142 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23143 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23144 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23145 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23146 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23147 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23148 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23149 this function is called within a day.
23150
23151 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23152 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23153 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23154 discover the name of the project.
23155
23156 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23157
23158 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23159 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23160 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23161 begun during the last time segment.
23162
23163 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23164 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23165 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23166 discover the reason.
23167
23168 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23169
23170 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23171 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23172 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23173 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23174 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23175
23176 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23177
23178 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23179 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23180 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23181 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23182 project you were working on.
23183
23184 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23185
23186 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23187 Ask the user before clocking out.
23188 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23189
23190 \(fn)" nil nil)
23191
23192 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23193 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23194 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23195
23196 \(fn)" t nil)
23197
23198 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23199 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23200 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23201 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23202 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23203 \"relative to today\".
23204
23205 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23206
23207 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23208 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23209 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23210 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23211
23212 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23213
23214 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23215 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23216 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23217 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23218 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23219 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23220
23221 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23222
23223 ;;;***
23224 \f
23225 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23226 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23227 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16211 27026))
23228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23229
23230 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23231
23232 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23233 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23234
23235 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23236
23237 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23238 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23239
23240 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23241
23242 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23243 Perform an action at time TIME.
23244 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23245 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23246 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23247 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23248 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23249 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23250
23251 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23252
23253 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23254
23255 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23256 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23257 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23258 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23259 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23260
23261 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23262
23263 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23264
23265 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23266 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23267 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23268 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23269
23270 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23271
23272 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23273 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23274 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23275 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23276
23277 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23278 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23279
23280 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23281
23282 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23283 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23284
23285 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23286 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23287 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23288 The call should look like:
23289 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23290 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23291 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23292 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23293 be detected.
23294
23295 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23296
23297 ;;;***
23298 \f
23299 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23300 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16213 6000))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23302
23303 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23304 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23305 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23306 the generated Quail package is saved.
23307
23308 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23309
23310 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23311 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23312 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23313 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23314 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23315 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23316 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23317
23318 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23323 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16232
23324 ;;;;;; 585))
23325 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23326
23327 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23328 Not documented
23329
23330 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23331
23332 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23333 Not documented
23334
23335 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23336
23337 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23338 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23339 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23340 PATTERN regexp.
23341
23342 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23343
23344 ;;;***
23345 \f
23346 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23347 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16211 27021))
23348 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23349 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23350 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23351 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23352
23353 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23354 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23355 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23356 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23357 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23358
23359 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23360
23361 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23362 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23363 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23364 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23365 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23366
23367 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23368
23369 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23370 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23371 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23372 in the menu in two ways:
23373 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23374 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23375 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23376
23377 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23378 keymap or an alist of alists.
23379 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23380 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23381
23382 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23383
23384 ;;;***
23385 \f
23386 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23387 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23388 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16211 27023))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23390
23391 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23392 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23393
23394 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23395
23396 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23397 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23398
23399 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23400
23401 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23402 Insert new TODO list entry.
23403 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23404 category.
23405
23406 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23407
23408 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23409 List top priorities for each category.
23410
23411 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23412 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23413
23414 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23415 between each category.
23416
23417 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23418
23419 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23420 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23421 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23422 between each category.
23423
23424 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23425
23426 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23427
23428 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23429 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23430
23431 \\{todo-mode-map}
23432
23433 \(fn)" t nil)
23434
23435 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23436 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23437
23438 \(fn)" nil nil)
23439
23440 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23441 Show TODO list.
23442
23443 \(fn)" t nil)
23444
23445 ;;;***
23446 \f
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23448 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23449 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16211 27044))
23450 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23451
23452 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23453 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23454 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23455 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23456 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23457
23458 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23459
23460 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23461 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23462 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23463
23464 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23465 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23466
23467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23468
23469 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23470
23471 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23472 Add an item to the tool bar.
23473 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23474 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23475 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23476 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23477
23478 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23479 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23480 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23481
23482 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23483 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23484
23485 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23486
23487 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23488 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23489 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23490 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23491 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23492 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23493
23494 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23495 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23496 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23497
23498 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23499
23500 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23501 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23502 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23503 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23504 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23505 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23506 properties to add to the binding.
23507
23508 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23509
23510 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23511 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23512
23513 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23514
23515 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23516 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23517 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23518 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23519 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23520 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23521 properties to add to the binding.
23522
23523 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23524
23525 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23526
23527 ;;;***
23528 \f
23529 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23530 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23532
23533 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23534 Mode for tooltip display.
23535 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23536
23537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23538
23539 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23540 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23542 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23543
23544 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23545
23546 ;;;***
23547 \f
23548 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16211
23549 ;;;;;; 27026))
23550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23551
23552 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23553
23554 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23555
23556 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23557 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23558
23559 \(fn)" t nil)
23560
23561 ;;;***
23562 \f
23563 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23564 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16211 27026))
23565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23566
23567 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23568 Set scroll margins.
23569
23570 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23571
23572 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23573 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23574
23575 \(fn)" t nil)
23576
23577 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23578 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23579
23580 \(fn)" t nil)
23581
23582 ;;;***
23583 \f
23584 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16225 60547))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23586
23587 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23588 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23589 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23590 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23591 to a tcp server on another machine.
23592
23593 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23594
23595 ;;;***
23596 \f
23597 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23598 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16211 27026))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23600
23601 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23602 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23603
23604 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23605
23606 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23607 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23608 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23609 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23610 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23611 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23612 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23613 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23614
23615 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23616
23617 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23618 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23619 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23620 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23621 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23622 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23623 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23624
23625 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23626
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23630 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23631 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16211 27037))
23632 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23633
23634 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23635 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23636 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23637
23638 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23639 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23640 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23641 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23642
23643 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23644 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23645 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23646 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23647
23648 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23649 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23650 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23651 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23652 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23653 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23654 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23655 files which are not really tramp files.
23656
23657 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23658 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23659 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23660 updated after changing this variable.
23661
23662 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23663
23664 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23665
23666 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23667 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23668 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23669 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23670
23671 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23672 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23673 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23674 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23675
23676 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23677 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23678 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23679
23680 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23681 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23682 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23683 updated after changing this variable.
23684
23685 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23686
23687 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23688
23689 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23690 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23691 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23692
23693 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23694
23695 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23696
23697 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23698 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23699 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23700
23701 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23702
23703 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23704
23705 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23706
23707 ;;;***
23708 \f
23709 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23710 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16211 27044))
23711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23712 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23713 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23714 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23715
23716 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23717 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23718 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23719 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23720 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23721 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23722 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23723
23724 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23725
23726 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23727 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23728 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23729 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23730
23731 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23732
23733 \(fn)" t nil)
23734
23735 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23736 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23737 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23738 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23739 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23740 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23741 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23742
23743 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23744 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23745
23746 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23747 \\___/\\
23748 / \\
23749 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23750
23751 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23752
23753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23754
23755 ;;;***
23756 \f
23757 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23758 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23759 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23760 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16211 27021))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23762
23763 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23764 Toggle typing break mode.
23765 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23767 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23768
23769 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23770
23771 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23772 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23773
23774 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23775
23776 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23777 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23778
23779 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23780 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23781 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23782
23783 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23784 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23785
23786 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23787
23788 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23789 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23790 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23791
23792 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23793 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23794 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23795 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23796 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23797 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23798
23799 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23800 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23801 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23802 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23803
23804 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23805 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23806
23807 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23808 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23809
23810 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23811
23812 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23813 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23814 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23815
23816 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23817 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23818 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23819 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23820 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23821 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23822 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23823
23824 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23825 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23826
23827 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23828 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23829 reset the keystroke counter.
23830
23831 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23832 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23833 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23834 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23835
23836 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23837 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23838 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23839 `type-break-schedule' command.
23840
23841 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23842 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23843 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23844 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23845 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23846 or not to continue.
23847
23848 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23849 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23850 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23851 approximate good values for this.
23852
23853 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23854 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23855
23856 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23857 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23858 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23859 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23860 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23861 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23862
23863 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23864 a typing break occur. They include:
23865
23866 `type-break-query-mode'
23867 `type-break-query-function'
23868 `type-break-query-interval'
23869
23870 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23871
23872 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23873
23874 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23875 Take a typing break.
23876
23877 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23878 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23879
23880 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23881 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23882
23883 \(fn)" t nil)
23884
23885 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23886 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23887 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23888 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23889
23890 \(fn)" t nil)
23891
23892 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23893 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23894
23895 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23896 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23897 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23898 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23899 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23900 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23901 average typing speed.)
23902
23903 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23904 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23905 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23906 the computed maximum threshold.
23907
23908 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23909 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23910 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23911 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23912 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23913
23914 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23915
23916 ;;;***
23917 \f
23918 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23919 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16211 27044))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23921
23922 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23923 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23924 Works by overstriking underscores.
23925 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23926 which specify the range to operate on.
23927
23928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23929
23930 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23931 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23932 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23933 which specify the range to operate on.
23934
23935 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23936
23937 ;;;***
23938 \f
23939 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23940 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16211 27036))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23942
23943 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23944 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23945 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23946
23947 \(fn)" t nil)
23948
23949 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23950 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23951 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23952 following the containing message.
23953
23954 \(fn)" t nil)
23955
23956 ;;;***
23957 \f
23958 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23959 ;;;;;; (16211 27036))
23960 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23961
23962 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23963 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23964 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23965 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23966 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23967 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23968
23969 \(fn)" nil nil)
23970
23971 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23972 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23973
23974 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23975
23976 ;;;***
23977 \f
23978 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16211
23979 ;;;;;; 27026))
23980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23981
23982 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23983 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23984 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23985 of symbols with local bindings.
23986
23987 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23988
23989 ;;;***
23990 \f
23991 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23992 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16211 27021))
23993 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23994
23995 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23996 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23997 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23998 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23999 to refrain from editing the file
24000 return t (grab the lock on the file)
24001 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
24002 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
24003 in any way you like.
24004
24005 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
24006
24007 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
24008 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
24009 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
24010 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
24011 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
24012
24013 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
24014 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
24015
24016 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
24017
24018 ;;;***
24019 \f
24020 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
24021 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16211 27032))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
24023
24024 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
24025 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
24026 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
24027 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
24028
24029 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24030
24031 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
24032 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
24033 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
24034
24035 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24036
24037 ;;;***
24038 \f
24039 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
24040 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
24041 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
24042 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
24043 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
24044 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
24045 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16211 27021))
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
24047
24048 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
24049 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
24050 See `run-hooks'.")
24051
24052 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
24053
24054 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
24055 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
24056 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
24057
24058 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
24059
24060 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
24061 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
24062 See `run-hooks'.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
24065
24066 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
24067 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
24068
24069 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
24070
24071 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
24072 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
24073 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
24074 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
24075 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
24076 somebody else, signal error.
24077
24078 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24079
24080 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24081 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24082 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24083 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24084 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24085
24086 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24087
24088 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24089 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24090 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24091 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24092 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24093 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24094 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24095 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24096 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24097 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24098 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24099
24100 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24101
24102 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24103 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24104
24105 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24106 it will operate on the file in the current line.
24107
24108 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24109 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24110 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24111 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24112 lock steals will raise an error.
24113
24114 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24115
24116 For RCS and SCCS files:
24117 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24118 control.
24119 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24120 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24121 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24122 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24123 it performs a revert.
24124 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24125 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24126 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24127 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24128 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24129 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24130 the option to steal the lock.
24131
24132 For CVS files:
24133 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24134 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24135 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24136 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24137 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24138 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24139 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24140 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24141 merge in the changes into your working copy.
24142
24143 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24144
24145 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24146 Register the current file into a version control system.
24147 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24148 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24149
24150 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24151 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24152 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24153 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24154 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24155 first backend that could register the file is used.
24156
24157 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24158
24159 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24160 Display diffs between file versions.
24161 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24162 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24163 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24164 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24165 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24166 saving the buffer.
24167
24168 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24169
24170 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24171 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24172 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24173 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24174
24175 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24176
24177 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24178 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24179 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24180 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24181
24182 \(fn)" t nil)
24183
24184 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24185 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24186 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24187 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24188 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24189 from the current branch.
24190
24191 See Info node `Merging'.
24192
24193 \(fn)" t nil)
24194
24195 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24196
24197 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24198 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24199
24200 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24201
24202 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24203 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24204
24205 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24206
24207 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24208 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24209 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24210 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24211 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24212 are checked out in that new branch.
24213
24214 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24215
24216 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24217 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24218 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24219 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24220 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24221 allowed and simply skipped).
24222
24223 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24224
24225 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24226 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24227
24228 \(fn)" t nil)
24229
24230 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24231 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24232 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24233 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24234 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24235
24236 \(fn)" t nil)
24237
24238 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24239 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24240 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24241 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24242 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24243 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24244
24245 \(fn)" t nil)
24246
24247 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24248 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24249 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24250
24251 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24252
24253 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24254 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24255 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24256 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24257 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24258 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24259 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24260
24261 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24262
24263 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24264 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24265 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24266 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24267 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24268 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24269 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24270 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24271 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24272
24273 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24274
24275 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24276 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24277
24278 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24279
24280 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24281 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24282 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24283 directory.
24284
24285 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24286
24287 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24288 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24289 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24290
24291 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24292 log entries should be gathered.
24293
24294 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24295
24296 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24297 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24298
24299 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24300 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24301 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24302 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24303 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24304 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24305
24306 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24307 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24308 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24309 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24310 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24311 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24312 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24313 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24314
24315 Customization variables:
24316
24317 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24318 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24319 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24320 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24321
24322 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24323
24324 ;;;***
24325 \f
24326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16250 54573))
24327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24328 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24329 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24330 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24331 (load "vc-cvs")
24332 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24333
24334 ;;;***
24335 \f
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16211 27021))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24338 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24339 (let ((dir file))
24340 (while (and (stringp dir)
24341 (not (equal
24342 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24343 dir)
24344 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24345 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24346 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24347 (if (eq dir t)
24348 (progn
24349 (load "vc-mcvs")
24350 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24351
24352 ;;;***
24353 \f
24354 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24355 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24356 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24357
24358 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24359 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24360 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24361
24362 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24363 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24364
24365 ;;;***
24366 \f
24367 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24368 ;;;;;; (16211 27021))
24369 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24370
24371 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24372 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24373 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24374
24375 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24376 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24377
24378 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24379 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24380 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24381 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24382
24383 ;;;***
24384 \f
24385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16211 27021))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24387 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24388 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24389 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24390 (load "vc-svn")
24391 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24392
24393 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24394
24395 ;;;***
24396 \f
24397 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24398 ;;;;;; (16211 27039))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24400
24401 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24402 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24403
24404 Usage:
24405 ------
24406
24407 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24408 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24409 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24410 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24411 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24412 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24413 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24414 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24415 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24416
24417 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24418 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24419 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24420 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24421
24422 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24423 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24424 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24425 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24426 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24427
24428 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24429 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24430
24431
24432 HEADER INSERTION:
24433 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24434 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24435 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24436
24437
24438 STUTTERING:
24439 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24440 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24441 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24442 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24443
24444 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24445 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24446 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24447 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24448 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24449
24450
24451 WORD COMPLETION:
24452 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24453 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24454 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24455 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24456
24457 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24458 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24459 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24460 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24461 beginning with \"std\").
24462
24463 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24464 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24465 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24466 stop.
24467
24468
24469 COMMENTS:
24470 `--' puts a single comment.
24471 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24472 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24473 with a comment in between.
24474 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24475 out following lines.
24476 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24477 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24478
24479 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24480 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24481 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24482 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24483 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24484 non-nil.
24485
24486 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24487 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24488 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24489 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24490 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24491 multi-line comments.
24492
24493
24494 INDENTATION:
24495 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24496 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24497 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24498 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24499
24500 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24501 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24502 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24503 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24504
24505 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24506 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24507 and vice versa.
24508
24509 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24510 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24511
24512
24513 ALIGNMENT:
24514 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24515 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24516 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24517 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24518 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24519 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24520 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24521 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24522
24523 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24524 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24525 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24526 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24527 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24528 is non-nil.
24529
24530 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24531 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24532 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24533
24534 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24535 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24536
24537
24538 | CODE FILLING:
24539 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24540 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24541 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24542 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24543 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24544 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24545
24546
24547 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24548 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24549 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24550 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24551 command:
24552
24553 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24554
24555
24556 PORT TRANSLATION:
24557 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24558 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24559 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24560 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24561 internal signal initializations (menu).
24562
24563 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24564 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24565 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24566
24567 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24568 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24569 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24570 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24571 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24572 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24573
24574 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24575 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24576 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24577
24578
24579 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24580 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24581 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24582 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24583 | association list with formals).
24584
24585
24586 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24587 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24588 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24589 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24590 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24591 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24592 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24593 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24594 `vhdl-testbench'.
24595
24596
24597 KEY BINDINGS:
24598 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24599
24600
24601 VHDL MENU:
24602 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24603
24604
24605 FILE BROWSER:
24606 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24607 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24608 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24609
24610 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24611 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24612
24613
24614 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24615 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24616 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24617 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24618
24619 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24620 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24621 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24622
24623 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24624 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24625 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24626 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24627
24628 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24629 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24630 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24631 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24632 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24633
24634 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24635 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24636 required by secondary units.
24637
24638
24639 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24640 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24641 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24642 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24643 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24644 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24645 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24646 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24647 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24648 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24649 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24650 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24651 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24652 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24653 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24654 |
24655 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24656 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24657 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24658 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24659 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24660 |
24661 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24662 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24663 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24664 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24665 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24666 |
24667 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24668 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24669 |
24670 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24671
24672
24673 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24674 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24675 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24676 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24677 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24678 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24679 information. New compilers can be added.
24680
24681 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24682 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24683
24684
24685 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24686 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24687 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24688 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24689 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24690
24691 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24692 command:
24693
24694 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24695 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24696 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24697
24698 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24699 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24700 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24701 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24702 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24703 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24704 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24705
24706 Limitations:
24707 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24708 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24709 not (yet) supported.
24710 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24711 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24712 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24713
24714
24715 PROJECTS:
24716 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24717 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24718 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24719 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24720 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24721 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24722 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24723 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24724
24725 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24726 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24727 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24728 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24729 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24730 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24731 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24732 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24733 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24734 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24735 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24736
24737
24738 SPECIAL MENUES:
24739 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24740 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24741 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24742 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24743 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24744 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24745 current directory for VHDL source files.
24746
24747
24748 VHDL STANDARDS:
24749 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24750 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24751
24752
24753 KEYWORD CASE:
24754 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24755 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24756 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24757 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24758 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24759 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24760 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24761 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24762
24763
24764 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24765 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24766 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24767 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24768 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24769 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24770 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24771
24772 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24773 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24774 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24775 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24776 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24777 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24778
24779 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24780 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24781 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24782 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24783 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24784 visually.
24785
24786 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24787 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24788 highlighted if written in lower case.
24789
24790 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24791 highlighted using a different background color if option
24792 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24793
24794 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24795 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24796 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24797 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24798 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24799
24800
24801 USER MODELS:
24802 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24803 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24804 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24805
24806
24807 HIDE/SHOW:
24808 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24809 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24810 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24811 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24812 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24813
24814
24815 CODE UPDATING:
24816 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24817 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24818 Limitations:
24819 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24820 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24821 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24822 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24823 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24824 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24825 (used to obtain the port names).
24826
24827
24828 CODE FIXING:
24829 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24830 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24831
24832
24833 PRINTING:
24834 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24835 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24836 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24837 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24838 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24839 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24840 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24841 printers.
24842
24843
24844 OPTIONS:
24845 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24846 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24847 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24848 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24849 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24850
24851 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24852 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24853 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24854 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24855 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24856 INSTALL file).
24857
24858 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24859 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24860
24861
24862 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24863 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24864 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24865 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24866
24867 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24868
24869
24870 HINTS:
24871 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24872 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24873
24874 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24875
24876 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24877
24878 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24879
24880
24881 RELEASE NOTES:
24882 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24883
24884
24885 Maintenance:
24886 ------------
24887
24888 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24889 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24890
24891 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24892
24893 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24894 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24895 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24896 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24897
24898 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24899 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24900 where the latest version can be found.
24901
24902
24903 Known problems:
24904 ---------------
24905
24906 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24907 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24908 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24909
24910
24911 The VHDL Mode Authors
24912 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24913
24914 Key bindings:
24915 -------------
24916
24917 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24918
24919 \(fn)" t nil)
24920
24921 ;;;***
24922 \f
24923 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16211 27026))
24924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24925
24926 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24927 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24928 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24929 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24930
24931 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24932 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24933 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24934 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24935 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24936
24937 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24938 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24939
24940 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24941
24942 * Limitations and unsupported features
24943 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24944 not supported.
24945 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24946 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24947
24948 * Modifications
24949 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24950 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24951 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24952 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24953 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24954 for undoing a repeated change command.
24955 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24956 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24957 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24958
24959 * Extensions
24960 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24961 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24962 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24963 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24964 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24965 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24966 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24967 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24968
24969 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24970
24971 \(fn)" t nil)
24972
24973 ;;;***
24974 \f
24975 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24976 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24977 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24978 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16211 27033))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24980
24981 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24982 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24983
24984 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24985
24986 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24987 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24988 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24989 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24990
24991 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24992
24993 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24994 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24995
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24997
24998 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24999 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25000 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25001 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
25002
25003 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25004
25005 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
25006 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25007
25008 \(fn)" t nil)
25009
25010 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25011 Not documented
25012
25013 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25014
25015 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25016 Not documented
25017
25018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25019
25020 ;;;***
25021 \f
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
25023 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25024 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16211
25025 ;;;;;; 27021))
25026 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
25027
25028 (defvar view-mode nil "\
25029 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
25030 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
25031 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
25032
25033 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
25034
25035 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
25036 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25037 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25038 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25039 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25040 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25041 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25042
25043 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25044
25045 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25046
25047 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
25048 View FILE in View mode in another window.
25049 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
25050 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25051 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25052 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25053 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25054 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25055
25056 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25057
25058 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25059
25060 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
25061 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
25062 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
25063 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25064 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25065 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25066 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25067 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25068
25069 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25070
25071 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
25072
25073 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
25074 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25075 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25076 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25077 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25078 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25079 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25080
25081 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25082
25083 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25084 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25085 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25086
25087 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25088
25089 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25090 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25091 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25092 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25093 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25094 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25095 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25096 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25097
25098 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25099
25100 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25101 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25102 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25103
25104 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25105
25106 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25107 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25108 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25109 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25110 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25111 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25112 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25113 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25114
25115 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25116
25117 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25118 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25119 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25120
25121 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25122
25123 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25124 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25125 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25126
25127 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25128 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25129 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25130 read-only.
25131 \\<view-mode-map>
25132 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25133 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25134 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25135 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25136 commands default to a repeat count of one.
25137
25138 H, h, ? This message.
25139 Digits provide prefix arguments.
25140 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25141 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25142 > move to the end of buffer.
25143 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25144 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25145 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25146 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25147 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25148 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25149 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25150 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25151 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25152 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25153 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25154 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25155 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25156 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25157 Use this to view a changing file.
25158 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25159 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25160 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25161 . set the mark.
25162 x exchanges point and mark.
25163 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25164 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25165 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25166 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25167 ' go to position saved in character register.
25168 s do forward incremental search.
25169 r do reverse incremental search.
25170 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25171 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25172 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25173 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25174 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25175 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25176 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25177 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25178 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25179 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25180 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25181 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25182 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25183 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25184 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25185 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25186 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25187
25188 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25189 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25190 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25191 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25192 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25193 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25194 will return to that buffer.
25195
25196 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25197
25198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25199
25200 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25201 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25202 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25203 `view-return-to-alist'.
25204 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25205 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25206 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25207
25208 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25209 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25210 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25211 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25212 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25213 1) nil Do nothing.
25214 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25215 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25216 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25217 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25218
25219 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25220
25221 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25222
25223 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25224
25225 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25226 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25227
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25229
25230 ;;;***
25231 \f
25232 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16211
25233 ;;;;;; 27026))
25234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25235
25236 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25237 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25238
25239 \(fn)" nil nil)
25240
25241 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25242 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25243
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25245
25246 ;;;***
25247 \f
25248 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25249 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25251
25252 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25253 Toggle Viper on/off.
25254 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25259 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25260
25261 \(fn)" t nil)
25262
25263 ;;;***
25264 \f
25265 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25266 ;;;;;; (16211 27026))
25267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25268
25269 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25270 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25271 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25272 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25273 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25274 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25275 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25276 the beginning of the warning.")
25277
25278 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25279 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25280 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25281 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25282 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25283 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25284 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25285 also call that function before the next warning.")
25286
25287 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25288 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25289
25290 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25291 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25292 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25293 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25294
25295 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25296 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25297 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25298 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25299 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25300 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25301
25302 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25303 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25304 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25305 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25306 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25307 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25308 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25309
25310 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25311 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25312
25313 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25314
25315 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25316 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25317
25318 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25319
25320 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25321 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25322 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25323 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25324
25325 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25326 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25327 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25328 can be whatever you like.)
25329
25330 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25331 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25332 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25333 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25334 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25335
25336 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25337
25338 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25339 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25340 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25341 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25342 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25343
25344 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25345
25346 ;;;***
25347 \f
25348 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16211 27037))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25350
25351 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25352 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25353
25354 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25355 hotlist.
25356
25357 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25358 <nwv@acm.org>.
25359
25360 \(fn)" t nil)
25361
25362 ;;;***
25363 \f
25364 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25365 ;;;;;; (16249 31942))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25367 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25368 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25369
25370 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25371
25372 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25373 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25374 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25376 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25377
25378 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25379
25380 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25381 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25382 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25383 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25384
25385 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25386 and off otherwise.
25387
25388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25389
25390 ;;;***
25391 \f
25392 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25393 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25394 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25395 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25396 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25397 ;;;;;; (16248 29803))
25398 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25399
25400 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25401 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25402
25403 \(fn)" t nil)
25404
25405 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25406 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25407
25408 \(fn)" t nil)
25409
25410 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25411 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25412
25413 \(fn)" t nil)
25414
25415 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25416 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25417
25418 \(fn)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25421 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25422
25423 \(fn)" t nil)
25424
25425 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25426 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25427 These are:
25428 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25429 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25430 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25431 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25432 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25433
25434 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25435 and:
25436 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25437 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25438
25439 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25440
25441 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25442 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25443
25444 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25445
25446 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25447 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25448
25449 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25450 whitespace problems.
25451
25452 \(fn)" t nil)
25453
25454 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25455 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25456
25457 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25458
25459 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25460 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25461 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25463 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25464
25465 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25466
25467 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25468 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25469 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25470
25471 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25472 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25473
25474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25475
25476 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25477 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25478 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25479
25480 \(fn)" t nil)
25481
25482 ;;;***
25483 \f
25484 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25485 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16211 27022))
25486 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25487
25488 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25489 Browse the widget under point.
25490
25491 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25492
25493 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25494 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25495
25496 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25497
25498 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25499 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25500
25501 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25502
25503 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25504 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25505 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25506
25507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25508
25509 ;;;***
25510 \f
25511 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25512 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16284
25513 ;;;;;; 32617))
25514 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25515
25516 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25517 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25518
25519 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25520
25521 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25522 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25523 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25524
25525 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25526
25527 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25528 Create widget of TYPE.
25529 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25530
25531 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25532
25533 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25534 Delete WIDGET.
25535
25536 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25537
25538 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25539 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25540
25541 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25542
25543 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25544 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25545 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25546
25547 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25548 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25549
25550 \(fn)" nil nil)
25551
25552 ;;;***
25553 \f
25554 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25555 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16211
25556 ;;;;;; 27022))
25557 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25558
25559 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25560 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25561 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25562 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25563 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25564 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25565 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25566
25567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25568
25569 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25570 Select the window above the current one.
25571 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25572 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25573 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25574 negative ARG) of the current window.
25575 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25576
25577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25578
25579 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25580 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25581 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25582 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25583 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25584 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25585 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25586
25587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25588
25589 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25590 Select the window below the current one.
25591 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25592 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25593 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25594 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25595 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25596
25597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25598
25599 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25600 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25601 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25602 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25603
25604 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25605
25606 ;;;***
25607 \f
25608 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25609 ;;;;;; (16211 27022))
25610 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25611
25612 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25613 Toggle winner-mode.
25614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25615 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25616
25617 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25618
25619 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25620 Toggle Winner mode.
25621 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25622
25623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25624
25625 ;;;***
25626 \f
25627 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25628 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16239 4622))
25629 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25630
25631 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25632 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25633 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25634 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25635 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25636 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25637 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25638 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25639
25640 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25641 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25642
25643 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25644
25645 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25646 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25647
25648 \(fn)" t nil)
25649
25650 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25651 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25652 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25653 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25654 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25655 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25656 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25657 `woman' command for further details.
25658
25659 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25660
25661 ;;;***
25662 \f
25663 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25664 ;;;;;; (16211 27027))
25665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25666
25667 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25668 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25669
25670 BUGS:
25671 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25672 are not implemented
25673 - Options for search and replace
25674 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25675 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25676
25677 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25678 Emacs-like.
25679
25680 The key bindings are:
25681
25682 C-a backward-word
25683 C-b fill-paragraph
25684 C-c scroll-up-line
25685 C-d forward-char
25686 C-e previous-line
25687 C-f forward-word
25688 C-g delete-char
25689 C-h backward-char
25690 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25691 C-j help-for-help
25692 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25693 C-l ws-repeat-search
25694 C-n open-line
25695 C-p quoted-insert
25696 C-r scroll-down-line
25697 C-s backward-char
25698 C-t kill-word
25699 C-u keyboard-quit
25700 C-v overwrite-mode
25701 C-w scroll-down
25702 C-x next-line
25703 C-y kill-complete-line
25704 C-z scroll-up
25705
25706 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25707 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25708 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25709 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25710 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25711 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25712 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25713 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25714 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25715 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25716 C-k b ws-begin-block
25717 C-k c ws-copy-block
25718 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25719 C-k f find-file
25720 C-k h ws-show-markers
25721 C-k i ws-indent-block
25722 C-k k ws-end-block
25723 C-k p ws-print-block
25724 C-k q kill-emacs
25725 C-k r insert-file
25726 C-k s save-some-buffers
25727 C-k t ws-mark-word
25728 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25729 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25730 C-k v ws-move-block
25731 C-k w ws-write-block
25732 C-k x kill-emacs
25733 C-k y ws-delete-block
25734
25735 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25736 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25737 C-o j justify-current-line
25738 C-o k kill-buffer
25739 C-o l list-buffers
25740 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25741 C-o r set-fill-column
25742 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25743 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25744 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25745 C-o wo other-window
25746 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25747
25748 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25749 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25750 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25751 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25752 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25753 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25754 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25755 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25756 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25757 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25758 C-q a ws-query-replace
25759 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25760 C-q c end-of-buffer
25761 C-q d end-of-line
25762 C-q f ws-search
25763 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25764 C-q l ws-undo
25765 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25766 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25767 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25768 C-q w ws-last-error
25769 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25770 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25771
25772 \(fn)" t nil)
25773
25774 ;;;***
25775 \f
25776 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25777 ;;;;;; (16301 42974))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25779
25780 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25781 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25782 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25783 Returns the top node with all its children.
25784 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25785 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25786
25787 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25788
25789 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25790 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25791 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25792 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25793 is not well-formed XML.
25794 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25795 and returned as the first element of the list.
25796 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25797
25798 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25799
25800 ;;;***
25801 \f
25802 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16211
25803 ;;;;;; 27022))
25804 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25805
25806 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25807 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25808 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25810 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25811
25812 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25813
25814 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25815 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25816 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25817
25818 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25819
25820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25821
25822 ;;;***
25823 \f
25824 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25825 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16211 27038))
25826 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25827
25828 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25829 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25830
25831 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25832
25833 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25834 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25835
25836 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25837
25838 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25839 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25840 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25841
25842 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25843
25844 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25845 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25846
25847 \(fn)" t nil)
25848
25849 ;;;***
25850 \f
25851 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16211 27038))
25852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25853
25854 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25855 Zone out, completely.
25856
25857 \(fn)" t nil)
25858
25859 ;;;***
25860 \f
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25862 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16211 27037))
25863 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25864
25865 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25866 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25867
25868 \(fn)" t nil)
25869
25870 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25871 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25872
25873 Zone-mode does two things:
25874
25875 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25876 when saving the file
25877
25878 - fontification
25879
25880 \(fn)" t nil)
25881
25882 ;;;***
25883 \f
25884 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25885 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25886 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25887 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25888 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25889 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25890 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25891 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25892 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25893 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25894 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25895 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25897 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25898 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25899 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25900 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25901 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25902 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
25903 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
25904 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
25905 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
25906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
25907 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25912 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
25914 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
25915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
25916 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
25917 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
25918 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
25919 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
25920 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
25921 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
25922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
25923 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
25924 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
25925 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
25926 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
25927 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
25928 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
25929 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
25930 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25931 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25936 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25937 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25938 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25939 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25940 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25941 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25942 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25943 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25948 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25949 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25950 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25951 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25952 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25953 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25954 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25955 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25956 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25957 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25958 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25959 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25960 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25961 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25962 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25963 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25964 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25965 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25966 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25967 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el" "language/korean.el"
25968 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
25969 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el"
25970 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
25971 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
25972 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
25973 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25974 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25975 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25976 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25977 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25978 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25979 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25980 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25981 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25982 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25983 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25984 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25985 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25986 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25987 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25988 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25989 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25990 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25991 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25992 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25993 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25994 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25995 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25996 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25997 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25998 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25999 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
26000 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
26001 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
26002 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
26003 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
26004 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
26005 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
26006 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
26007 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
26008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
26009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
26012 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
26013 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
26014 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
26015 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16313 5919 739767))
26016
26017 ;;;***
26018 \f
26019 ;;; Local Variables:
26020 ;;; version-control: never
26021 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
26022 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
26023 ;;; End:
26024 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here